]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
* NEWS: New option --atime-preserve=system, which uses O_NOATIME.
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
65
66 @page
67 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
68 @insertcopying
69 @end titlepage
70
71 @ifnottex
72 @node Top
73 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
74
75 @insertcopying
76
77 @cindex file archival
78 @cindex archiving files
79
80 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
81 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
82 @end ifnottex
83
84 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
85 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
86
87 @menu
88 * Introduction::
89 * Tutorial::
90 * tar invocation::
91 * operations::
92 * Backups::
93 * Choosing::
94 * Date input formats::
95 * Formats::
96 * Media::
97
98 Appendices
99
100 * Genfile::
101 * Snapshot Files::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
104 * Index::
105
106 @detailmenu
107 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
108
109 Introduction
110
111 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
112 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
113 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
114 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
115 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * failing commands::
155
156 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
157
158 * Synopsis::
159 * using tar options::
160 * Styles::
161 * All Options::
162 * help::
163 * verbose::
164 * interactive::
165
166 The Three Option Styles
167
168 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
169 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
170 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
171 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
172
173 All @command{tar} Options
174
175 * Operation Summary::
176 * Option Summary::
177 * Short Option Summary::
178
179 @GNUTAR{} Operations
180
181 * Basic tar::
182 * Advanced tar::
183 * create options::
184 * extract options::
185 * backup::
186 * Applications::
187 * looking ahead::
188
189 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
190
191 * Operations::
192 * append::
193 * update::
194 * concatenate::
195 * delete::
196 * compare::
197
198 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
199
200 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
201 * multiple::
202
203 Updating an Archive
204
205 * how to update::
206
207 Options Used by @option{--create}
208
209 * Ignore Failed Read::
210
211 Options Used by @option{--extract}
212
213 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
214 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
215 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
216
217 Options to Help Read Archives
218
219 * read full records::
220 * Ignore Zeros::
221
222 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
223
224 * Dealing with Old Files::
225 * Overwrite Old Files::
226 * Keep Old Files::
227 * Keep Newer Files::
228 * Unlink First::
229 * Recursive Unlink::
230 * Data Modification Times::
231 * Setting Access Permissions::
232 * Writing to Standard Output::
233 * remove files::
234
235 Coping with Scarce Resources
236
237 * Starting File::
238 * Same Order::
239
240 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
241
242 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
243 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
244 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
245 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
246 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
247 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
248
249 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250
251 * General-Purpose Variables::
252 * Magnetic Tape Control::
253 * User Hooks::
254 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
255
256 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
257
258 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
259 * Selecting Archive Members::
260 * files:: Reading Names from a File
261 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
262 * Wildcards::
263 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
264 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
265 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
266
267 Reading Names from a File
268
269 * nul::
270
271 Excluding Some Files
272
273 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
274 * problems with exclude::
275
276 Crossing File System Boundaries
277
278 * directory:: Changing Directory
279 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
280
281 Date input formats
282
283 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
284 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
285 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
286 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
287 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
288 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
289 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
290 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
291 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
292
293 Controlling the Archive Format
294
295 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
296 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
297 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
298 * Standard:: The Standard Format
299 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
300 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
301
302 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
303
304 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
305 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
306 * old:: Old V7 Archives
307 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
308 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
309 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
310
311 Using Less Space through Compression
312
313 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
314 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
315
316 Tapes and Other Archive Media
317
318 * Device:: Device selection and switching
319 * Remote Tape Server::
320 * Common Problems and Solutions::
321 * Blocking:: Blocking
322 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
323 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
324 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
325 * verify::
326 * Write Protection::
327
328 Blocking
329
330 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
331 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
332
333 Many Archives on One Tape
334
335 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
336 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
337
338 Using Multiple Tapes
339
340 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
341 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
342 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
343
344 GNU tar internals and development
345
346 * Genfile::
347 * Snapshot Files::
348
349 Copying This Manual
350
351 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
352
353 @end detailmenu
354 @end menu
355
356 @node Introduction
357 @chapter Introduction
358
359 @GNUTAR{} creates
360 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
361 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
362 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
363 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
364 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
365
366 @menu
367 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
368 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
369 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
370 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
371 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
372 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
373 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
374 @end menu
375
376 @node Book Contents
377 @section What this Book Contains
378
379 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
380 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
381 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
382 or comments.
383
384 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
385 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
386 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
387 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
388 progressive order, building on information already explained.
389
390 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
391 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
392 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
393 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
394 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
395 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
396 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
397 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
398 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
399 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
400
401 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
402 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
403
404 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
405 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
406 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
407 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
408 about a specific topic.
409
410 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
411 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
412 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
413 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
414
415 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
416 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
417 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
418 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
419 indicate this.)
420
421 @node Definitions
422 @section Some Definitions
423
424 @cindex archive
425 @cindex tar archive
426 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
427 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
428 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
429 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
430 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
431 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
432 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
433 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
434
435 @cindex member
436 @cindex archive member
437 @cindex file name
438 @cindex member name
439 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
440 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
441 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
442 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
443 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
444 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
445 archive.
446
447 @cindex extraction
448 @cindex unpacking
449 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
450 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
451 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
452 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
453 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
454 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
455 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
456 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
457 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
458 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
459 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
460
461 @node What tar Does
462 @section What @command{tar} Does
463
464 @cindex tar
465 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
466 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
467 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
468 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
469 stored.
470
471 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
472 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
473 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
474 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
475 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
476
477 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
478
479 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
480 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
481
482 @table @asis
483 @item Storage
484 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
485 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
486 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
487 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
488 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
489 unit.
490
491 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
492 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
493 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
494 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
495 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
496 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
497 archives useful.
498
499 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
500 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
501 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
502 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
503 all dimensions, even time!)
504
505 @item Backup
506 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
507 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
508 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
509 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
510 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
511 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
512 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
513 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
514 file system.
515
516 @item Transportation
517 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
518 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
519 files from one system to another.
520 @end table
521
522 @node Naming tar Archives
523 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
524
525 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
526 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
527 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
528 it and to make examples more clear.
529
530 @cindex tar file
531 @cindex entry
532 @cindex tar entry
533 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
534 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
535 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
536 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
537 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
538
539 @node Current status
540 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
541
542 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
543 primary aims are:
544
545 @itemize @bullet
546 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
547 implementations.
548 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
549 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
550 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
551 @end itemize
552
553 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
554 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
555 following issues need special mentioning:
556
557 @table @asis
558 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
559
560 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
561 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
562
563 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
564 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
565 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
566
567 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
568 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
569 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
570
571 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
572 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
573 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
574 of this issue and its implications.
575
576 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
577 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
578
579 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
580
581 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
582 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
583 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
584 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
585 @option{--check-links}.
586
587 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
588
589 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
590
591 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
592
593 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
594 @end table
595
596 @node Authors
597 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
598
599 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
600 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
601 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
602 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
603 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
604 numerous and kind users.
605
606 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
607 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
608 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
609 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
610 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
611
612 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
613 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
614 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
615 i'll think about it.}
616
617 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
618 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
619
620 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
621 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
622 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
623 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
624 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
625 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
626 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
627 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
628 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
629 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
630 thing.}
631
632 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
633 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
634
635 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
636 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
637 active development and maintenance work has started
638 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
639 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
640
641 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
642
643 @node Reports
644 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
645
646 @cindex bug reports
647 @cindex reporting bugs
648 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
649 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
650
651 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
652 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
653 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
654 manual}.
655
656 @node Tutorial
657 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
658
659 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
660 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
661 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
662 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
663 details about how @command{tar} works.
664
665 @menu
666 * assumptions::
667 * stylistic conventions::
668 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
669 * frequent operations::
670 * Two Frequent Options::
671 * create:: How to Create Archives
672 * list:: How to List Archives
673 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
674 * going further::
675 @end menu
676
677 @node assumptions
678 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
679
680 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
681 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
682 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
683 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
684 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
685
686 @itemize @bullet
687 @item
688 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
689 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
690 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
691 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
692 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
693 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
694 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
695 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
696 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
697 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
698 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
699 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
700 else?}
701
702 @item
703 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
704 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
705 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
706 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
707 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
708 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
709 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
710
711 @item
712 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
713 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
714 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
715 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
716 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
717 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
718 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
719 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
720 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
721
722 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
723 @end itemize
724
725 @node stylistic conventions
726 @section Stylistic Conventions
727
728 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
729 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
730 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
731 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
732 sometimes @samp{like this}.
733
734 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
735 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
736
737 @node basic tar options
738 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
739
740 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
741 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
742 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
743 operations, and options.
744
745 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
746 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
747 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
748 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
749 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
750 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
751
752 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
753 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
754 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
755 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
756 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
757 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
758
759 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
760 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
761 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
762 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
763 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
764 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
765 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
766 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
767 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
768 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
769 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
770 @ref{Short Options}.)
771
772 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
773 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
774 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
775 For example, instead of typing
776
777 @smallexample
778 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
779 @end smallexample
780
781 @noindent
782 you can type
783 @smallexample
784 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
785 @end smallexample
786
787 @noindent
788 or even
789 @smallexample
790 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
791 @end smallexample
792
793 @noindent
794 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
795 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
796 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
797
798 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
799 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
800 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
801 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
802 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
803 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
804 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
805
806 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
807 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
808 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
809 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
810 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
811 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
812 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
813 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
814 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
815 intends.
816
817 @node frequent operations
818 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
819
820 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
821 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
822 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
823 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
824
825 @table @option
826 @item --create
827 @itemx -c
828 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
829 @item --list
830 @itemx -t
831 List the contents of an archive.
832 @item --extract
833 @itemx -x
834 Extract one or more members from an archive.
835 @end table
836
837 @node Two Frequent Options
838 @section Two Frequently Used Options
839
840 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
841 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
842 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
843 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
844 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
845 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
846
847 @menu
848 * file tutorial::
849 * verbose tutorial::
850 * help tutorial::
851 @end menu
852
853 @node file tutorial
854 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
855
856 @table @option
857 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
858 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
859 Specify the name of an archive file.
860 @end table
861
862 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
863 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
864 that @command{tar} will work on.
865
866 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
867 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
868 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
869 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
870 look roughly like one of the following:
871
872 @smallexample
873 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
874 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
875 @end smallexample
876
877 @noindent
878 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
879 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
880 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
881 @ref{file}.
882
883 @node verbose tutorial
884 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
885
886 @table @option
887 @item --verbose
888 @itemx -v
889 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
890 @end table
891
892 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
893 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
894 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
895 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
896 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
897 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
898 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
899 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
900 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
901 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
902
903 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
904 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
905 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
906 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
907 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
908 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
909 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
910 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
911
912 @smallexample
913 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
914 @end smallexample
915
916 @noindent
917 above, you might say
918
919 @smallexample
920 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
921 @end smallexample
922
923 @noindent
924 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
925 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
926 twice, like this:
927
928 @smallexample
929 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
930 @end smallexample
931
932 @noindent
933 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
934
935 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
936 --verbose}}.
937
938 @node help tutorial
939 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
940
941 @table @option
942 @item --help
943
944 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
945 all operations and option available for the current version of
946 @command{tar} available on your system.
947 @end table
948
949 @node create
950 @section How to Create Archives
951 @UNREVISED
952
953 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
954 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
955 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
956 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
957 practice on.
958
959 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
960 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
961 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
962 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
963 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
964 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
965 other directories and other archives.
966
967 The three files you will archive in this example are called
968 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
969 @file{collection.tar}.
970
971 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
972 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
973 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
974 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
975 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
976 @command{tar} works.
977
978 @menu
979 * prepare for examples::
980 * Creating the archive::
981 * create verbose::
982 * short create::
983 * create dir::
984 @end menu
985
986 @node prepare for examples
987 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
988
989 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
990 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
991 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
992 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
993 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
994 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
995
996 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
997 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
998 the full path name of this directory is
999 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1000 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1001
1002 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1003 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1004 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1005 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1006
1007 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1008 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1009 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1010 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1011 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1012 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1013 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1014 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1015 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1016 information on how to do this.
1017
1018 @node Creating the archive
1019 @subsection Creating the Archive
1020
1021 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1022 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1023
1024 @smallexample
1025 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1026 @end smallexample
1027
1028 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1029 option forms}. You could also say:
1030
1031 @smallexample
1032 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1033 @end smallexample
1034
1035 @noindent
1036 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1037 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1038 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1039 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1040
1041 Note that the part of the command which says,
1042 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1043 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1044 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1045 archive file you create.
1046
1047 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1048 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1049 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1050 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1051 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1052 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1053
1054 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1055 is the operation which creates the new archive
1056 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1057 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1058 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1059 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1060 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1061 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1062 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1063
1064 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1065 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1066 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1067
1068 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1069 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1070
1071 @smallexample
1072 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1073 @end smallexample
1074
1075 @noindent
1076 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1077 the files in the directory.
1078
1079 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1080 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1081 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1082 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1083
1084 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1085 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1086 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1087
1088 @node create verbose
1089 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1090
1091 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1092 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1093 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1094
1095 @smallexample
1096 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1097 blues
1098 folk
1099 jazz
1100 @end smallexample
1101
1102 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1103 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1104 @iftex
1105 (note the different font styles).
1106 @end iftex
1107 @ifinfo
1108 .
1109 @end ifinfo
1110
1111 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1112 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1113 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1114 understand.
1115
1116 @node short create
1117 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1118
1119 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1120 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1121 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1122 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1123 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1124 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1125 using short option forms:
1126
1127 @smallexample
1128 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1129 blues
1130 folk
1131 jazz
1132 @end smallexample
1133
1134 @noindent
1135 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1136 long or short option forms.
1137
1138 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1139 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1140 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1141 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1142 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1143 following way:
1144
1145 @smallexample
1146 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1147 @end smallexample
1148
1149 @noindent
1150 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1151 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1152 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1153 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1154 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1155 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1156 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1157 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1158 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1159 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1160 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1161
1162 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1163 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1164 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1165
1166 This example,
1167
1168 @smallexample
1169 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1170 @end smallexample
1171
1172 @noindent
1173 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1174 becomes much more so:
1175
1176 @smallexample
1177 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1178 @end smallexample
1179
1180 @noindent
1181 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1182 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1183 valuable data.
1184
1185 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1186 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1187 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1188 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1189 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1190 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1191 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1192 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1193
1194 @node create dir
1195 @subsection Archiving Directories
1196
1197 @cindex Archiving Directories
1198 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1199 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1200 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1201 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1202 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1203
1204 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1205 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1206 type:
1207
1208 @smallexample
1209 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1210 $
1211 @end smallexample
1212
1213 @noindent
1214 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1215 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1216 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1217 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1218
1219 @smallexample
1220 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1221 @end smallexample
1222
1223 @noindent
1224 @command{tar} should output:
1225
1226 @smallexample
1227 practice/
1228 practice/blues
1229 practice/folk
1230 practice/jazz
1231 practice/collection.tar
1232 @end smallexample
1233
1234 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1235 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1236 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1237 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1238 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1239 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1240 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1241 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1242 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1243 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1244 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1245 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1246 into the file system).
1247
1248 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1249
1250 @smallexample
1251 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1252 @end smallexample
1253
1254 @noindent
1255 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1256 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1257 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1258 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1259 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1260 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1261 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1262 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1263 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1264 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1265 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1266 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1267 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1268 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1269 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1270 directory being dumped.}
1271
1272 @node list
1273 @section How to List Archives
1274
1275 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1276 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1277 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1278 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1279 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1280 created in the last section with the command,
1281
1282 @smallexample
1283 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1284 @end smallexample
1285
1286 @noindent
1287 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1288
1289 @smallexample
1290 blues
1291 folk
1292 jazz
1293 @end smallexample
1294
1295 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1296 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1297
1298 @noindent
1299 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1300
1301 @smallexample
1302 ./birds
1303 baboon
1304 ./box
1305 @end smallexample
1306
1307 @noindent
1308 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1309 to specify the name of the archive.
1310
1311 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1312 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1313 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1314
1315 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1316 like:
1317
1318 @smallexample
1319 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1320 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1321 @end smallexample
1322
1323 @cindex listing member and file names
1324 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1325 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1326 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1327 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1328 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1329 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1330 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1331 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1332 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1333 example:
1334
1335 @smallexample
1336 @group
1337 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1338 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1339 /etc/mail/
1340 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1341 /etc/mail/aliases
1342 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1343 etc/mail/
1344 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1345 etc/mail/aliases
1346 @end group
1347 @end smallexample
1348
1349 @cindex @option{--show-stored-names} described
1350 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1351 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1352 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1353
1354 @table @option
1355 @item --show-stored-names
1356 Print member (not @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1357 @end table
1358
1359 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1360 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1361 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1362 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1363 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1364 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1365
1366 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1367 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1368 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1369 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1370 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1371 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1372 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1373 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1374 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1375 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1376 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1377
1378 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1379 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1380 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1381 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1382 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1383 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1384 stored in the specified archive.
1385
1386 @menu
1387 * list dir::
1388 @end menu
1389
1390 @node list dir
1391 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1392
1393 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1394 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1395 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1396 @value{op-verbose} option.
1397
1398 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1399 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1400
1401 @smallexample
1402 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1403 @end smallexample
1404
1405 @command{tar} responds:
1406
1407 @smallexample
1408 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1409 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1410 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1411 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1412 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1413 @end smallexample
1414
1415 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1416 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1417
1418 @node extract
1419 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1420 @UNREVISED
1421 @cindex Extraction
1422 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1423 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1424
1425 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1426 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1427 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1428 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1429 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1430 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1431 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1432 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1433
1434 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1435 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1436 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1437 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1438
1439 @menu
1440 * extracting archives::
1441 * extracting files::
1442 * extract dir::
1443 * extracting untrusted archives::
1444 * failing commands::
1445 @end menu
1446
1447 @node extracting archives
1448 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1449
1450 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1451 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1452
1453 @smallexample
1454 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1455 @end smallexample
1456
1457 @noindent
1458 produces this:
1459
1460 @smallexample
1461 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1462 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1463 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1464 @end smallexample
1465
1466 @node extracting files
1467 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1468
1469 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1470 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1471 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1472 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1473 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1474 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1475 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1476 for a beginning user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1477 a footnote? --gray}.
1478
1479 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1480 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1481 the files in the directory again.
1482
1483 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1484 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1485
1486 @smallexample
1487 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1488 @end smallexample
1489
1490 @noindent
1491 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1492 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data modification
1493 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1494 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1495 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1496 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1497 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1498 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1499 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1500 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1501 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1502 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1503 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1504 @value{op-list}.
1505
1506 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1507 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1508 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1509 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1510 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1511 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1512 (@pxref{list}).
1513
1514 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1515 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1516 Output}).
1517
1518 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1519 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1520
1521 @node extract dir
1522 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1523
1524 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1525 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1526 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1527 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1528 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1529 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1530 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1531 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1532 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1533 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1534 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1535 @pxref{Writing}).
1536
1537 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1538 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1539 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1540
1541 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1542 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1543 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1544 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1545 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1546 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1547 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1548 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1549 following command:
1550
1551 @smallexample
1552 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1553 practice/folk
1554 practice/jazz
1555 @end smallexample
1556
1557 @noindent
1558 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1559 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1560 in the example below:
1561
1562 @smallexample
1563 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1564 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1565 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1566 @end smallexample
1567
1568 @noindent
1569 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1570 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1571 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1572 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1573
1574 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1575 will be.}
1576
1577 @node extracting untrusted archives
1578 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1579
1580 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1581 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1582 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1583 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1584 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1585 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1586 extract it as follows:
1587
1588 @smallexample
1589 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1590 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1591 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1592 @end smallexample
1593
1594 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1595 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1596 with @value{op-verbose}.
1597
1598 @node failing commands
1599 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1600
1601 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1602 they won't work.
1603
1604 If you try to use this command,
1605
1606 @smallexample
1607 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1608 @end smallexample
1609
1610 @noindent
1611 you will get the following response:
1612
1613 @smallexample
1614 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1615 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1616 $
1617 @end smallexample
1618
1619 @noindent
1620 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1621 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1622 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1623
1624 @smallexample
1625 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1626 practice/folk
1627 practice/jazz
1628 practice/rock
1629 @end smallexample
1630
1631 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1632 order...}
1633
1634 @noindent
1635 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1636
1637 @smallexample
1638 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1639 @end smallexample
1640
1641 @noindent
1642 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1643 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1644 files from the archive.
1645
1646 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1647 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1648
1649 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1650
1651 @node going further
1652 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1653
1654 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1655 be in the rest of the manual.}
1656
1657 @node tar invocation
1658 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1659 @UNREVISED
1660
1661 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1662 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1663 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1664 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1665 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1666 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1667 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1668 depending on what the operation is.
1669
1670 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1671 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1672 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1673 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1674 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1675
1676 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1677 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1678 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1679 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1680 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1681 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1682
1683 @menu
1684 * Synopsis::
1685 * using tar options::
1686 * Styles::
1687 * All Options::
1688 * help::
1689 * verbose::
1690 * interactive::
1691 @end menu
1692
1693 @node Synopsis
1694 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1695
1696 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1697
1698 @smallexample
1699 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1700 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1701 @end smallexample
1702
1703 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1704
1705 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1706 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1707 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1708 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1709 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1710 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1711 @command{tar} is to act on.
1712
1713 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1714 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1715 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1716 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1717
1718 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1719 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1720 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1721 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1722 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1723 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1724 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1725 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1726 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1727
1728 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1729 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1730 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1731 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1732 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1733 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1734
1735 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1736 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1737 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1738 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1739
1740 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1741 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1742 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1743 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1744 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1745 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1746 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1747 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1748 sufficient for this.
1749
1750 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1751 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1752 @value{op-files-from} option.
1753
1754 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1755 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1756 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1757 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1758 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1759 on the entire contents of the archive.
1760
1761 @cindex exit status
1762 @cindex return status
1763 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1764 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1765 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1766 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1767 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1768 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1769 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1770 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1771 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1772 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1773 the error.
1774
1775 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1776 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1777 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1778 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1779 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1780 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1781
1782 @node using tar options
1783 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1784
1785 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1786 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1787 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1788 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1789 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1790 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1791 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1792 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1793 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1794 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1795
1796 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1797 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1798 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1799 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1800 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1801 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1802 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1803 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1804 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1805 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1806 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1807 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1808
1809 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1810 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1811 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1812 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1813 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1814 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1815 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1816
1817 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1818 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1819 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1820 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1821 write @value{op-list}.
1822
1823 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1824 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1825 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1826 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1827 styles.
1828
1829 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1830 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1831 incorporated.}
1832
1833 @node Styles
1834 @section The Three Option Styles
1835
1836 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1837 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1838 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1839 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1840
1841 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1842 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1843 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1844 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1845 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1846 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1847 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1848 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1849 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1850 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1851 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1852 feel comfortable with the others.
1853
1854 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1855 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1856 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1857 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1858 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1859 pay special attention to them.
1860
1861 @menu
1862 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1863 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1864 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1865 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1866 @end menu
1867
1868 @node Mnemonic Options
1869 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1870
1871 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1872 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1873
1874 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1875 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1876 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1877 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1878 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1879 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1880 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1881 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1882 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1883 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1884 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1885 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1886 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1887 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1888 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1889
1890 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1891 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1892 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1893
1894 @smallexample
1895 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1896 @end smallexample
1897
1898 @noindent
1899 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1900 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1901
1902 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1903 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1904 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1905 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1906 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1907 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1908 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1909 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1910
1911 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1912 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1913 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1914 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1915
1916 @node Short Options
1917 @subsection Short Option Style
1918
1919 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1920 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1921 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1922 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1923
1924 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1925
1926 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1927 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1928 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1929 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1930 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1931 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1932 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1933 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1934
1935 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1936 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1937 white space characters}.
1938
1939 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1940 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1941 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1942 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1943 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1944 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1945 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1946 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1947
1948 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1949 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1950 For example:
1951
1952 @smallexample
1953 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1954 @end smallexample
1955
1956 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1957 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1958 end up overwriting files.
1959
1960 @node Old Options
1961 @subsection Old Option Style
1962 @UNREVISED
1963
1964 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1965 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1966 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1967 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1968 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1969 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1970 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1971 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1972 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1973 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1974 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1975 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1976
1977 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1978
1979 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1980 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1981 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1982 style as follows:
1983
1984 @smallexample
1985 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1986 @end smallexample
1987
1988 @noindent
1989 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1990 the argument of @option{-f}.
1991
1992 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1993 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1994 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1995 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1996 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1997 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1998 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1999 pertain to.
2000
2001 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2002 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2003
2004 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2005 users. For example, the two commands:
2006
2007 @smallexample
2008 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2009 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2010 @end smallexample
2011
2012 @noindent
2013 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2014 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2015 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2016 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2017
2018 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2019
2020 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2021 following are equivalent:
2022
2023 @smallexample
2024 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2025 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2026 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2027 @end smallexample
2028
2029 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
2030
2031 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2032 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2033 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2034 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2035 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2036 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2037 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2038 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2039 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
2040
2041 @node Mixing
2042 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2043
2044 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2045 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2046 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2047 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2048 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2049 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2050 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2051 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2052 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2053 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2054 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2055 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2056 style options.
2057
2058 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2059 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2060
2061 @smallexample
2062 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2063 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2064 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2065 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2066 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2067 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2068 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2069 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2070 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2071 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2072 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2073 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2074 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2075 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2076 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2077 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2078 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2079 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2080 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2081 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2082 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2083 @end smallexample
2084
2085 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2086 the previous set:
2087
2088 @smallexample
2089 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2090 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2091 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2092 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2093 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2094 @end smallexample
2095
2096 @noindent
2097 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2098 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2099 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2100 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2101 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2102 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2103 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2104 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2105 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2106 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2107 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2108
2109 @node All Options
2110 @section All @command{tar} Options
2111
2112 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2113 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2114 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2115 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2116 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2117 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2118
2119 @menu
2120 * Operation Summary::
2121 * Option Summary::
2122 * Short Option Summary::
2123 @end menu
2124
2125 @node Operation Summary
2126 @subsection Operations
2127
2128 @table @option
2129
2130 @item --append
2131 @itemx -r
2132
2133 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2134
2135 @item --catenate
2136 @itemx -A
2137
2138 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2139
2140 @item --compare
2141 @itemx -d
2142
2143 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2144 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2145 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2146
2147 @item --concatenate
2148 @itemx -A
2149
2150 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2151 @xref{concatenate}.
2152
2153 @item --create
2154 @itemx -c
2155
2156 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2157
2158 @item --delete
2159
2160 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2161 tape! @xref{delete}.
2162
2163 @item --diff
2164 @itemx -d
2165
2166 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2167
2168 @item --extract
2169 @itemx -x
2170
2171 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2172
2173 @item --get
2174 @itemx -x
2175
2176 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2177
2178 @item --list
2179 @itemx -t
2180
2181 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2182
2183 @item --update
2184 @itemx -u
2185
2186 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2187 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2188 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2189 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2190 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2191 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2192 @xref{update}.
2193
2194 @end table
2195
2196 @node Option Summary
2197 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2198
2199 @table @option
2200
2201 @item --absolute-names
2202 @itemx -P
2203
2204 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2205 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2206 @xref{absolute}.
2207
2208 @item --after-date
2209
2210 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2211
2212 @item --anchored
2213 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2214 @FIXME-xref{}
2215
2216 @item --atime-preserve
2217 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2218 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2219
2220 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2221 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2222 have superuser privileges.
2223
2224 Though this option should work on recent Linux kernel versions, it is
2225 not reliable on other platforms. To preserve the access time reliably
2226 on those platforms, you can mount the file system read-only, or access
2227 the file system via a read-only loopback mount, or use the
2228 @samp{noatime} mount option available on some systems. However,
2229 mounting typically requires superuser privileges and can be a pain to
2230 manage, so the @option{--atime-preserve} option can be useful despite
2231 its glitches on other platforms.
2232
2233 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} remembers the access time of a file
2234 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2235 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2236 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2237 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2238 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2239 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2240 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2241 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2242 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2243 incompatible with incremental backups.
2244
2245 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing time stamps on files
2246 other than directories, without interfering with time stamp updates
2247 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2248 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2249 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it requires
2250 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2251 this writing (November 2005) this works only in a few new Linux
2252 kernels. Worse, there is currently no reliable way to know whether
2253 the features actually work. Sometimes @command{tar} knows for sure
2254 that the features are not working, so it will complain and exit right
2255 away if you try to use @value{op-atime-preserve-system}; but other
2256 times @command{tar} might think that the option is supported when it
2257 is not actually working.
2258
2259 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2260 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this may change in the future
2261 as support for @value{op-atime-preserve-system} improves.
2262
2263 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2264
2265 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2266 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2267 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2268
2269 @item --block-number
2270 @itemx -R
2271
2272 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2273 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2274
2275 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2276 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2277
2278 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2279 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2280
2281 @item --bzip2
2282 @itemx -j
2283
2284 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2285 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2286
2287 @item --checkpoint
2288
2289 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2290 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2291 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2292 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2293
2294 @item --check-links
2295 @itemx -l
2296 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2297 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2298 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2299 output.
2300
2301 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2302 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2303 semantics for @option{-l}.
2304
2305 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2306
2307 @item --compress
2308 @itemx --uncompress
2309 @itemx -Z
2310
2311 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2312 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2313 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2314
2315 @item --confirmation
2316
2317 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2318
2319 @item --dereference
2320 @itemx -h
2321
2322 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2323 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2324 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2325
2326 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2327 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2328
2329 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2330 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2331 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2332
2333 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2334
2335 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2336 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2337
2338 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2339 @itemx -X @var{file}
2340
2341 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2342 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2343
2344 @item --exclude-caches
2345
2346 Automatically excludes all directories
2347 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2348
2349 @item --file=@var{archive}
2350 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2351
2352 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2353 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2354 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2355
2356 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2357 @itemx -T @var{file}
2358
2359 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2360 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2361 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2362
2363 @item --force-local
2364
2365 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2366 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2367 @FIXME-xref{}
2368
2369 @item --format=@var{format}
2370
2371 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2372 following:
2373
2374 @table @samp
2375 @item v7
2376 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2377
2378 @item oldgnu
2379 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2380 1.12 or earlier.
2381
2382 @item gnu
2383 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2384 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2385 numeric fields.
2386
2387 @item ustar
2388 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2389
2390 @item posix
2391 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2392
2393 @end table
2394
2395 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2396
2397 @item --group=@var{group}
2398
2399 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2400 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2401 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2402 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2403
2404 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2405
2406 @item --gzip
2407 @itemx --gunzip
2408 @itemx --ungzip
2409 @itemx -z
2410
2411 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2412 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2413 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2414
2415 @item --help
2416
2417 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2418 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2419
2420 @item --ignore-case
2421 Ignore case when excluding files.
2422 @FIXME-xref{}
2423
2424 @item --ignore-failed-read
2425
2426 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2427 @xref{Reading}.
2428
2429 @item --ignore-zeros
2430 @itemx -i
2431
2432 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2433 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2434
2435 @item --incremental
2436 @itemx -G
2437
2438 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2439 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2440 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2441 listed-incremental}.
2442
2443 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2444
2445 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2446
2447 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2448 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2449 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2450
2451 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2452 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2453 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2454
2455 @item --interactive
2456 @itemx --confirmation
2457 @itemx -w
2458
2459 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2460 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2461 @FIXME-xref{}
2462
2463 @item --keep-newer-files
2464
2465 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2466 when extracting files from an archive.
2467
2468 @item --keep-old-files
2469 @itemx -k
2470
2471 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2472 @xref{Writing}.
2473
2474 @item --label=@var{name}
2475 @itemx -V @var{name}
2476
2477 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2478 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2479 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2480 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2481
2482 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2483 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2484
2485 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2486 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2487 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2488 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2489 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2490
2491 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2492
2493 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2494 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2495 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2496 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2497 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2498 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2499 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2500 permission system.
2501
2502 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2503 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2504 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2505 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2506 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2507
2508 @item --multi-volume
2509 @itemx -M
2510
2511 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2512 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2513
2514 @item --new-volume-script
2515
2516 (see --info-script)
2517
2518 @item -n
2519 @itemx --seek
2520
2521 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2522 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2523 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2524 in cases when such recognition fails.
2525
2526 @item --newer=@var{date}
2527 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2528 @itemx -N
2529
2530 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2531 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2532 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2533 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2534
2535 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2536
2537 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2538 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2539 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2540
2541 @item --no-anchored
2542 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2543 @FIXME-xref{}
2544
2545 @item --no-ignore-case
2546 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2547 @FIXME-xref{}
2548
2549 @item --no-recursion
2550
2551 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2552 @FIXME-xref{}
2553
2554 @item --no-same-owner
2555 @itemx -o
2556
2557 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2558 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2559 for ordinary users.
2560
2561 @item --no-same-permissions
2562
2563 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2564 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2565 for ordinary users.
2566
2567 @item --no-wildcards
2568 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2569 @FIXME-xref{}
2570
2571 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2572 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2573 @FIXME-xref{}
2574
2575 @item --null
2576
2577 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2578 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2579 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2580 @FIXME-xref{}
2581
2582 @item --numeric-owner
2583
2584 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2585 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2586 @FIXME-xref{}
2587
2588 @item -o
2589 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2590 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2591 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2592
2593 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2594 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2595 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2596 removed in the future releases.
2597
2598 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2599
2600 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2601
2602 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2603 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2604 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2605 line or via @option{-T} option.
2606
2607 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2608 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2609
2610 @smallexample
2611 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2612 @end smallexample
2613
2614 @noindent
2615 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2616 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2617
2618 @item --old-archive
2619 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2620
2621 @item --one-file-system
2622 @itemx -l
2623 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2624 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2625 directory.
2626
2627 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2628 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2629 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2630 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2631 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2632
2633 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2634
2635 @item --overwrite
2636
2637 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2638 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2639
2640 @item --overwrite-dir
2641
2642 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2643 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2644
2645 @item --owner=@var{user}
2646
2647 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2648 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2649 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2650 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2651 @FIXME-xref{}
2652
2653 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2654 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2655 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2656 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2657
2658 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2659
2660 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2661
2662 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2663 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2664 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2665 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2666 the following forms:
2667
2668 @table @asis
2669 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2670 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2671 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2672 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2673
2674 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2675 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2676 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2677 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2678 man 7 glob}. For example:
2679
2680 @smallexample
2681 --pax-option delete=security.*
2682 @end smallexample
2683
2684 would suppress security-related information.
2685
2686 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2687
2688 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2689 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2690 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2691
2692 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2693 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2694 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2695 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2696 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2697 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2698 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2699 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2700 @end multitable
2701
2702 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2703 results.
2704
2705 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2706 will use the following default value:
2707
2708 @smallexample
2709 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2710 @end smallexample
2711
2712 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2713 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2714 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2715 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2716 following character substitutions have been made:
2717
2718 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2719 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2720 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2721 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2722 starting at 1.
2723 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2724 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2725 @end multitable
2726
2727 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2728
2729 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2730 will use the following default value:
2731
2732 @smallexample
2733 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2734 @end smallexample
2735
2736 @noindent
2737 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2738 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2739 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2740
2741 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2742 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2743 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2744 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2745 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2746 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2747 record.
2748
2749 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2750 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2751 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2752 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2753 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2754
2755 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2756 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2757 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2758 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2759 For example, in the command:
2760
2761 @smallexample
2762 tar --format=posix --create \
2763 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2764 @end smallexample
2765
2766 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2767 stored in the archive.
2768 @end table
2769
2770 @item --portability
2771 @itemx --old-archive
2772 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2773
2774 @item --posix
2775 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2776
2777 @item --preserve
2778
2779 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2780 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2781
2782 @item --preserve-order
2783
2784 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2785
2786 @item --preserve-permissions
2787 @itemx --same-permissions
2788 @itemx -p
2789
2790 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2791 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2792 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2793 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2794 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2795
2796 @item --read-full-records
2797 @itemx -B
2798
2799 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2800 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2801
2802 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2803
2804 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2805 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2806
2807 @item --recursion
2808
2809 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2810 @FIXME-xref{}
2811
2812 @item --recursive-unlink
2813
2814 Remove existing
2815 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2816 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2817
2818 @item --remove-files
2819
2820 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2821 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2822
2823 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2824
2825 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2826 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2827
2828 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2829
2830 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2831 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2832
2833 @item --same-order
2834 @itemx --preserve-order
2835 @itemx -s
2836
2837 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2838 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2839 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2840 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2841
2842 @item --same-owner
2843
2844 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2845 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2846 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2847 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2848
2849 @item --same-permissions
2850
2851 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2852
2853 @item --show-defaults
2854
2855 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2856 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2857 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2858
2859 @smallexample
2860 $ tar --show-defaults
2861 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2862 @end smallexample
2863
2864 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2865
2866 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2867 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2868
2869 @item --show-stored-names
2870
2871 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2872 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2873 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2874 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2875
2876 @item --sparse
2877 @itemx -S
2878
2879 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2880 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2881
2882 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2883 @itemx -K @var{name}
2884
2885 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2886 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2887 @xref{Scarce}.
2888
2889 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2890 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2891 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2892 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2893 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2894
2895 @smallexample
2896 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2897 @end smallexample
2898
2899 @noindent
2900 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2901
2902 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2903
2904 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2905 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2906
2907 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2908 @itemx -L @var{num}
2909
2910 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2911 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2912
2913 @item --test-label
2914
2915 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
2916 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
2917
2918 @item --to-stdout
2919 @itemx -O
2920
2921 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2922 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2923
2924 @item --totals
2925
2926 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2927 @FIXME-xref{}
2928
2929 @item --touch
2930 @itemx -m
2931
2932 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2933 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
2934 @xref{Writing}.
2935
2936 @item --uncompress
2937
2938 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2939
2940 @item --ungzip
2941
2942 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2943
2944 @item --unlink-first
2945 @itemx -U
2946
2947 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2948 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2949
2950 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2951
2952 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2953 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2954
2955 @item --utc
2956
2957 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2958 @option{--verbose}.
2959
2960 @item --verbose
2961 @itemx -v
2962
2963 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2964 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2965 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2966
2967 @item --verify
2968 @itemx -W
2969
2970 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2971 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2972
2973 @item --version
2974
2975 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2976 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2977 @FIXME-xref{}
2978
2979 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2980
2981 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2982 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2983 @FIXME-xref{}
2984
2985 @item --wildcards
2986 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2987 @FIXME-xref{}
2988
2989 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2990 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2991 @FIXME-xref{}
2992 @end table
2993
2994 @node Short Option Summary
2995 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2996
2997 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2998 them with the equivalent long option.
2999
3000 @table @option
3001
3002 @item -A
3003
3004 @option{--concatenate}
3005
3006 @item -B
3007
3008 @option{--read-full-records}
3009
3010 @item -C
3011
3012 @option{--directory}
3013
3014 @item -F
3015
3016 @option{--info-script}
3017
3018 @item -G
3019
3020 @option{--incremental}
3021
3022 @item -K
3023
3024 @option{--starting-file}
3025
3026 @item -L
3027
3028 @option{--tape-length}
3029
3030 @item -M
3031
3032 @option{--multi-volume}
3033
3034 @item -N
3035
3036 @option{--newer}
3037
3038 @item -O
3039
3040 @option{--to-stdout}
3041
3042 @item -P
3043
3044 @option{--absolute-names}
3045
3046 @item -R
3047
3048 @option{--block-number}
3049
3050 @item -S
3051
3052 @option{--sparse}
3053
3054 @item -T
3055
3056 @option{--files-from}
3057
3058 @item -U
3059
3060 @option{--unlink-first}
3061
3062 @item -V
3063
3064 @option{--label}
3065
3066 @item -W
3067
3068 @option{--verify}
3069
3070 @item -X
3071
3072 @option{--exclude-from}
3073
3074 @item -Z
3075
3076 @option{--compress}
3077
3078 @item -b
3079
3080 @option{--blocking-factor}
3081
3082 @item -c
3083
3084 @option{--create}
3085
3086 @item -d
3087
3088 @option{--compare}
3089
3090 @item -f
3091
3092 @option{--file}
3093
3094 @item -g
3095
3096 @option{--listed-incremental}
3097
3098 @item -h
3099
3100 @option{--dereference}
3101
3102 @item -i
3103
3104 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3105
3106 @item -j
3107
3108 @option{--bzip2}
3109
3110 @item -k
3111
3112 @option{--keep-old-files}
3113
3114 @item -l
3115
3116 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3117 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3118 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3119
3120 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3121
3122 @item -m
3123
3124 @option{--touch}
3125
3126 @item -o
3127
3128 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3129 @option{--portability}.
3130
3131 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3132 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3133 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3134
3135 @item -p
3136
3137 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3138
3139 @item -r
3140
3141 @option{--append}
3142
3143 @item -s
3144
3145 @option{--same-order}
3146
3147 @item -t
3148
3149 @option{--list}
3150
3151 @item -u
3152
3153 @option{--update}
3154
3155 @item -v
3156
3157 @option{--verbose}
3158
3159 @item -w
3160
3161 @option{--interactive}
3162
3163 @item -x
3164
3165 @option{--extract}
3166
3167 @item -z
3168
3169 @option{--gzip}
3170
3171 @end table
3172
3173 @node help
3174 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3175
3176 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3177 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3178 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3179 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3180 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3181 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3182 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3183 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3184
3185 @smallexample
3186 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3187 @end smallexample
3188
3189 @noindent
3190 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3191 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3192 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3193 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3194 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3195 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3196 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3197 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3198 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3199 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3200
3201 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3202 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3203 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3204 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3205 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3206 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3207 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3208 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3209 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3210 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3211
3212 @smallexample
3213 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3214 @end smallexample
3215
3216 @noindent
3217 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3218 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3219 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3220 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3221
3222 @smallexample
3223 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3224 @end smallexample
3225
3226 @noindent
3227 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3228
3229 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3230 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3231 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3232 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3233 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3234
3235 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3236 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3237 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3238 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3239 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3240 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3241 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3242 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3243 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3244 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3245 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3246 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3247 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3248 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3249
3250 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3251 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3252 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3253 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3254 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3255 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3256
3257 @node verbose
3258 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3259
3260 @cindex Progress information
3261 @cindex Status information
3262 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3263 @cindex Verbose operation
3264 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3265 @cindex Error message, block number of
3266 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3267
3268 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3269 @cindex Information during operation
3270 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3271
3272 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3273 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3274 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3275 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3276 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3277 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3278 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3279 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3280 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3281 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3282 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3283 helpful diagnostic tools.
3284
3285 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3286 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3287 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3288 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3289 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3290 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3291
3292 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3293 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3294 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3295 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3296 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3297 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3298 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3299 long list output:
3300
3301 @smallexample
3302 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3303 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3304 @end smallexample
3305
3306 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3307 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3308 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3309 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3310 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3311
3312 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3313 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3314 error.
3315
3316 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3317 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3318 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3319
3320 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3321 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3322 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3323 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3324 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3325 is actually making forward progress.
3326
3327 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3328 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3329
3330 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3331 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3332 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3333 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3334 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3335 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3336 some other reason.
3337
3338 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3339 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3340 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3341 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3342 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3343 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3344 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3345 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3346 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3347 archive from a pipe.
3348
3349 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3350 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3351 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3352 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3353 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3354 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3355 backup section written.}
3356
3357 @node interactive
3358 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3359 @cindex Interactive operation
3360
3361 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3362 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3363 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3364 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3365 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3366 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3367 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3368
3369 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3370 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3371 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3372 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3373 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3374 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3375 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3376 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3377 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3378
3379 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3380 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3381 communications.
3382
3383 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3384 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3385 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3386 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3387 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3388 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3389 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3390 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3391 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3392 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3393 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3394
3395 @node operations
3396 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3397
3398 @menu
3399 * Basic tar::
3400 * Advanced tar::
3401 * create options::
3402 * extract options::
3403 * backup::
3404 * Applications::
3405 * looking ahead::
3406 @end menu
3407
3408 @node Basic tar
3409 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3410
3411 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3412 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3413 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3414 for these operations.
3415
3416 @table @asis
3417 @item @value{op-create}
3418
3419 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3420 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3421 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3422 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3423 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3424 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3425 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3426 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3427 common errors are:
3428
3429 @enumerate
3430 @item
3431 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3432 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3433 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3434 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3435 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3436 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3437
3438 @item
3439 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3440 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3441 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3442 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3443 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3444 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3445 @end enumerate
3446
3447 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3448 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3449 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3450 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3451 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3452 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3453 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3454 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3455
3456 @smallexample
3457 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3458 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3459 @end smallexample
3460
3461 @item @value{op-extract}
3462
3463 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3464
3465 @item @value{op-list}
3466
3467 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3468 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3469 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3470 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3471 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3472 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3473 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3474 that's really the way to go.
3475
3476 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3477 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3478
3479 @end table
3480
3481 @node Advanced tar
3482 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3483
3484 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3485 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3486
3487 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3488 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3489 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3490 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3491 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3492 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3493 error correction in special circumstances.
3494
3495 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3496 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3497
3498 @menu
3499 * Operations::
3500 * append::
3501 * update::
3502 * concatenate::
3503 * delete::
3504 * compare::
3505 @end menu
3506
3507 @node Operations
3508 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3509 @UNREVISED
3510
3511 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3512 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3513 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3514 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3515
3516 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3517 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3518 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3519 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3520 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3521 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3522 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3523 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3524
3525 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3526 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3527 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3528 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3529
3530 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3531 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3532 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3533 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3534 where the last chapter left them.)
3535
3536 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3537
3538 @table @option
3539 @item --append
3540 @itemx -r
3541 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3542 @item --update
3543 @itemx -r
3544 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3545 they exist.
3546 @item --concatenate
3547 @itemx --catenate
3548 @itemx -A
3549 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3550 @item --delete
3551 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3552 @item --compare
3553 @itemx --diff
3554 @itemx -d
3555 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3556 @end table
3557
3558 @node append
3559 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3560 @UNREVISED
3561
3562 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3563 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3564 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3565 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3566 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3567 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3568
3569 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3570 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3571 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3572 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3573 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3574 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3575 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3576 listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3577
3578 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3579 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3580 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3581 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3582 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3583 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3584 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3585 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3586 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3587 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3588 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3589 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3590 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3591 extracted before it, and so on.
3592
3593 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3594 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3595 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3596 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3597 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3598 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3599 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3600 the command
3601
3602 @smallexample
3603 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3604 @end smallexample
3605
3606 @noindent
3607 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3608
3609 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3610 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3611
3612 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3613 with the Same Name.}
3614
3615 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3616 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3617 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3618 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3619 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3620 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3621 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3622 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3623 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3624 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3625
3626 @menu
3627 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3628 * multiple::
3629 @end menu
3630
3631 @node appending files
3632 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3633 @UNREVISED
3634 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3635 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3636 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3637
3638 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3639 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3640 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3641 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3642 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3643 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3644 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3645 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3646 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3647 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3648
3649 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3650 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3651 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3652 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3653
3654 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3655 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3656 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3657 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3658 @file{collection.tar}:
3659
3660 @smallexample
3661 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3662 @end smallexample
3663
3664 @noindent
3665 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3666 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3667
3668 @smallexample
3669 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3670 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3671 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3672 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3673 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3674 @end smallexample
3675
3676 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3677 title claims it will become...}
3678
3679 @node multiple
3680 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3681
3682 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3683 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3684 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3685 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3686 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3687 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3688 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3689 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3690 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3691 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3692 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3693 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3694 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3695 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3696 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3697 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3698 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3699 versions of the file.
3700
3701 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3702 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3703 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3704 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3705 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3706 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3707 newer version when it is extracted.
3708
3709 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3710 archive in this way:
3711
3712 @smallexample
3713 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3714 blues
3715 @end smallexample
3716
3717 @noindent
3718 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3719 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3720 list the contents of the archive:
3721
3722 @smallexample
3723 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3724 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3725 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3726 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3727 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3728 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3729 @end smallexample
3730
3731 @noindent
3732 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3733 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3734 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3735 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3736 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3737
3738 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3739 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3740 the following example:
3741
3742 @smallexample
3743 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3744 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3745 @end smallexample
3746
3747 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3748 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3749 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3750
3751 @node update
3752 @subsection Updating an Archive
3753 @UNREVISED
3754 @cindex Updating an archive
3755
3756 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3757 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3758 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3759 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3760 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3761 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3762 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3763
3764 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3765 The operation will fail.
3766
3767 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3768 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3769
3770 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3771 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3772 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3773 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3774 Same Name}
3775
3776 @menu
3777 * how to update::
3778 @end menu
3779
3780 @node how to update
3781 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3782
3783 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3784 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3785 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3786 you).
3787
3788 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3789 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3790
3791 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3792 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3793 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3794 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3795 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3796 arguments:
3797
3798 @smallexample
3799 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3800 blues
3801 classical
3802 $
3803 @end smallexample
3804
3805 @noindent
3806 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3807 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3808 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3809 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3810 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3811 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3812 updating it.
3813
3814 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3815 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3816 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3817 information about tapes.
3818
3819 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3820 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3821 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3822 options intended specifically for backups are more
3823 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3824
3825 @node concatenate
3826 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3827
3828 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3829 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3830 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3831 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3832 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3833 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3834
3835 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3836 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3837 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3838 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3839 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3840 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3841 Members with the Same Name.}
3842
3843 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3844 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3845 files from @file{practice}:
3846
3847 @smallexample
3848 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3849 blues
3850 classical
3851 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3852 folk
3853 jazz
3854 @end smallexample
3855
3856 @noindent
3857 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3858 contain what they are supposed to:
3859
3860 @smallexample
3861 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3862 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3863 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3864 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3865 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3866 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3867 @end smallexample
3868
3869 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3870
3871 @smallexample
3872 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3873 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3874 @end smallexample
3875
3876 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3877 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3878
3879 @smallexample
3880 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3881 blues
3882 rock
3883 jazz
3884 folk
3885 @end smallexample
3886
3887 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3888 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3889 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3890 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3891 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3892 new name?}
3893
3894 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3895 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3896
3897 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3898 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3899 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3900 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3901 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3902
3903 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3904 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3905 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3906 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3907 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3908 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3909 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3910 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3911 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3912 @command{cat} shell utility.
3913
3914 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3915 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3916 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3917 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3918 default archive name.
3919
3920 @node delete
3921 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3922 @UNREVISED
3923 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3924 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3925
3926 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3927 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3928 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3929 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3930 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3931 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3932 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3933 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3934 very slowly.
3935
3936 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3937
3938 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3939 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3940 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3941 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3942 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3943 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3944 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3945 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3946 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3947 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3948
3949 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3950 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3951 are in that directory, and then,
3952
3953 @smallexample
3954 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3955 blues
3956 folk
3957 jazz
3958 rock
3959 practice/blues
3960 practice/folk
3961 practice/jazz
3962 practice/rock
3963 practice/blues
3964 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3965 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3966 folk
3967 jazz
3968 rock
3969 $
3970 @end smallexample
3971
3972 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3973 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3974 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3975
3976 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3977 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3978
3979 @node compare
3980 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3981 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3982 @UNREVISED
3983
3984 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3985 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3986 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3987 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3988 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3989 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3990 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3991
3992 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3993 archive with a non-default record size.
3994
3995 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3996 corresponding members in the archive.
3997
3998 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3999 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4000 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4001 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4002
4003 @smallexample
4004 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4005 rock
4006 blues
4007 tar: funk not found in archive
4008 @end smallexample
4009
4010 @noindent
4011 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
4012 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
4013 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
4014 such as:
4015
4016 @smallexample
4017 funk: does not exist
4018 @end smallexample
4019
4020 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
4021 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
4022 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
4023
4024 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
4025 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4026 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4027
4028 @node create options
4029 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4030
4031 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4032 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
4033 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4034 @option{--create}.
4035
4036 @menu
4037 * Ignore Failed Read::
4038 @end menu
4039
4040 @node Ignore Failed Read
4041 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4042
4043 @table @option
4044 @item --ignore-failed-read
4045 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4046 @end table
4047
4048 @node extract options
4049 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4050 @UNREVISED
4051
4052 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4053 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4054
4055 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
4056 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4057 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4058 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4059 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4060 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4061 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4062 @option{--extract} operation.
4063
4064 @menu
4065 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4066 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4067 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4068 @end menu
4069
4070 @node Reading
4071 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4072 @cindex Options when reading archives
4073 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4074 @cindex Records, incomplete
4075 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
4076 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
4077 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4078 @cindex Small memory
4079 @cindex Running out of space
4080 @UNREVISED
4081
4082 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4083 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4084 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4085 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4086 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4087 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4088 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
4089 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
4090 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4091
4092 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4093 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4094 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4095 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4096 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4097 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4098
4099 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4100 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4101 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4102 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4103 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4104
4105 @menu
4106 * read full records::
4107 * Ignore Zeros::
4108 @end menu
4109
4110 @node read full records
4111 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4112
4113 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4114
4115 @table @option
4116 @item --read-full-records
4117 @item -B
4118 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4119 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4120 than the one specified.
4121 @end table
4122
4123 @node Ignore Zeros
4124 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4125
4126 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4127 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4128 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4129 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e., a damaged
4130 archive, or one that was created by concatenating several archives
4131 together).
4132
4133 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4134 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4135 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4136 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4137 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4138
4139 @table @option
4140 @item --ignore-zeros
4141 @itemx -i
4142 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4143 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4144 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4145 @end table
4146
4147 @node Writing
4148 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4149 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4150 @cindex Protecting old files
4151 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4152 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4153 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4154 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4155 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4156 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4157 @UNREVISED
4158
4159 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4160
4161 @menu
4162 * Dealing with Old Files::
4163 * Overwrite Old Files::
4164 * Keep Old Files::
4165 * Keep Newer Files::
4166 * Unlink First::
4167 * Recursive Unlink::
4168 * Data Modification Times::
4169 * Setting Access Permissions::
4170 * Writing to Standard Output::
4171 * remove files::
4172 @end menu
4173
4174 @node Dealing with Old Files
4175 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4176
4177 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4178 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4179 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4180 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4181 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4182 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4183 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4184 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4185 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4186
4187 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4188 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4189 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4190 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4191 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4192
4193 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4194 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4195 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4196
4197 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4198 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4199 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4200 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4201 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4202 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4203 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4204 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4205 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4206 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4207 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4208 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4209 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4210 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4211 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4212 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4213 removed.
4214
4215 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4216 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4217 before extracting them.
4218
4219 @node Overwrite Old Files
4220 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4221
4222 @table @option
4223 @item --overwrite
4224 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4225 from an archive.
4226
4227 This
4228 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4229 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4230 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4231 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4232 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4233 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4234 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4235 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4236 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4237 they are in the way of extraction.
4238
4239 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4240 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4241 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4242 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4243 are currently being executed.
4244
4245 @item --overwrite-dir
4246 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4247 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4248 @end table
4249
4250 @node Keep Old Files
4251 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4252
4253 @table @option
4254 @item --keep-old-files
4255 @itemx -k
4256 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4257 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4258 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4259 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4260 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4261 extraction.
4262 @end table
4263
4264 @node Keep Newer Files
4265 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4266
4267 @table @option
4268 @item --keep-newer-files
4269 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4270 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4271 @end table
4272
4273 @node Unlink First
4274 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4275
4276 @table @option
4277 @item --unlink-first
4278 @itemx -U
4279 Remove files before extracting over them.
4280 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4281 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4282 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4283 @end table
4284
4285 @node Recursive Unlink
4286 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4287
4288 @table @option
4289 @item --recursive-unlink
4290 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4291 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4292 @end table
4293
4294 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4295 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4296 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4297 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4298
4299 @node Data Modification Times
4300 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4301
4302 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4303 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4304 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4305 setting.
4306
4307 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4308 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4309 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4310
4311 @table @option
4312 @item --touch
4313 @itemx -m
4314 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4315 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4316 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4317 @end table
4318
4319 @node Setting Access Permissions
4320 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4321
4322 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4323 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4324 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4325 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4326
4327 @table @option
4328 @item --preserve-permission
4329 @itemx --same-permission
4330 @itemx --ignore-umask
4331 @itemx -p
4332 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4333 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4334 @value{op-extract}.
4335 @end table
4336
4337 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4338 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4339 more than one file?}
4340
4341 @node Writing to Standard Output
4342 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4343
4344 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4345 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4346 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4347 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4348 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4349 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4350 found in the archive.
4351
4352 @table @option
4353 @item --to-stdout
4354 @itemx -O
4355 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4356 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4357 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4358 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4359 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4360 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4361 @end table
4362
4363 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4364 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4365 it. You can use a command like this:
4366
4367 @smallexample
4368 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4369 @end smallexample
4370
4371 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4372
4373 @smallexample
4374 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4375 @end smallexample
4376
4377 @node remove files
4378 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4379
4380 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4381 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4382 else in the book...}
4383
4384 @table @option
4385 @item --remove-files
4386 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4387 @end table
4388
4389 @node Scarce
4390 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4391 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4392 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4393 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4394 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4395 @UNREVISED
4396
4397 @menu
4398 * Starting File::
4399 * Same Order::
4400 @end menu
4401
4402 @node Starting File
4403 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4404
4405 @table @option
4406 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4407 @itemx -K @var{name}
4408 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4409 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4410 @end table
4411
4412 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4413 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4414 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4415 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4416 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4417 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4418 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4419 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4420 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4421
4422 @node Same Order
4423 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4424
4425 @table @option
4426 @item --same-order
4427 @itemx --preserve-order
4428 @itemx -s
4429 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4430 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4431 @value{op-list}
4432 or @value{op-extract}.
4433 @end table
4434
4435 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4436 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4437 the option to exist in either version?}
4438
4439 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4440
4441 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4442 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4443 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4444 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4445 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4446 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4447
4448 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4449
4450 @node backup
4451 @section Backup options
4452
4453 @cindex backup options
4454
4455 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4456 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4457 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4458 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4459 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4460 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4461
4462 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4463 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4464 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4465 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4466 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4467 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4468 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4469 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4470 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4471 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4472
4473 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4474 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4475 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4476 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4477 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4478 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4479 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4480 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4481 refers to a remote file.
4482
4483 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4484 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4485 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4486 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4487 file are kept.
4488
4489 @table @samp
4490
4491 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4492 @opindex --backup
4493 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4494 @cindex backups
4495 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4496 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4497
4498 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4499 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4500 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4501 use the @samp{existing} method.
4502
4503 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4504 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4505 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4506 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4507
4508 @table @samp
4509 @item t
4510 @itemx numbered
4511 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4512 Always make numbered backups.
4513
4514 @item nil
4515 @itemx existing
4516 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4517 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4518 of the others.
4519
4520 @item never
4521 @itemx simple
4522 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4523 Always make simple backups.
4524
4525 @end table
4526
4527 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4528 @opindex --suffix
4529 @cindex backup suffix
4530 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4531 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4532 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4533 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4534 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4535
4536 @end table
4537
4538 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4539 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4540 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4541 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4542 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4543 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4544
4545 @smallexample
4546 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4547 @end smallexample
4548
4549 @node Applications
4550 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4551 @UNREVISED
4552
4553 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4554 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4555 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4556
4557 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4558
4559 @findex uuencode
4560 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4561 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4562 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4563 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4564 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4565 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4566 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4567 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4568
4569 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4570 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4571 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4572 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4573
4574 @smallexample
4575 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4576 @end smallexample
4577
4578 @noindent
4579 The command also works using short option forms:
4580
4581 @smallexample
4582 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4583 @end smallexample
4584
4585 @noindent
4586 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4587
4588 @node looking ahead
4589 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4590
4591 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4592 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4593 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4594 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4595 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4596 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4597 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4598 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4599 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4600 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4601
4602 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4603 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4604 @value{xref-files-from}.
4605
4606 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4607 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4608
4609 @node Backups
4610 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4611 @UNREVISED
4612
4613 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4614 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4615 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4616 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4617 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4618 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4619 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4620
4621 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4622 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4623 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4624 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4625
4626 @smallexample
4627 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4628 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4629 @end smallexample
4630
4631 @FIXME{
4632
4633 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4634 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4635 distribution.
4636
4637 @itemize @bullet
4638 @item dumps
4639 @itemize @minus
4640 @item what are dumps
4641 @item different levels of dumps
4642 @itemize +
4643 @item full dump = dump everything
4644 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
4645 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4646 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
4647 @end itemize
4648 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4649 @itemize +
4650 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4651 @end itemize
4652 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
4653 @itemize +
4654 @item how to customize
4655 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4656 @end itemize
4657 @item Problems
4658 @itemize +
4659 @item rsh doesn't work
4660 @item rtape isn't installed
4661 @item (others?)
4662 @end itemize
4663 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
4664 @item tapes
4665 @itemize +
4666 @item write protection
4667 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
4668 @item files and tape marks
4669 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4670 @item positioning the tape
4671 MT writes two at end of write,
4672 backspaces over one when writing again.
4673 @end itemize
4674 @end itemize
4675 @end itemize
4676 }
4677
4678 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4679 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4680
4681 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4682 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4683 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4684 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4685 called @dfn{dumps}.
4686
4687 @menu
4688 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4689 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4690 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4691 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4692 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4693 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4694 @end menu
4695
4696 @node Full Dumps
4697 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4698 @UNREVISED
4699
4700 @cindex full dumps
4701 @cindex dumps, full
4702
4703 @cindex corrupted archives
4704 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4705 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
4706 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4707 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4708 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4709 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4710
4711 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4712 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4713 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4714
4715 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4716 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4717 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4718
4719 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
4720 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4721 file system boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4722
4723 The @value{op-incremental} (@FIXME-pxref{}) option is not needed,
4724 since this is a complete copy of everything in the file system, and a
4725 full restore from this backup would only be done onto a completely
4726 empty disk.
4727
4728 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4729 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4730 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4731 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4732 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4733 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4734
4735 @node Incremental Dumps
4736 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4737
4738 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
4739 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
4740 can be restored when extracting the archive.
4741
4742 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
4743 backups: @value{op-listed-incremental} and @value{op-incremental}.
4744
4745 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
4746 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
4747 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
4748 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
4749 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
4750 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
4751 to the option:
4752
4753 @table @option
4754 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
4755 @itemx -g @var{file}
4756 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
4757 @end table
4758
4759 To create an incremental backup, you would use
4760 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
4761 (@pxref{create}). For example:
4762
4763 @smallexample
4764 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4765 --file=archive.1.tar \
4766 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4767 /usr}
4768 @end smallexample
4769
4770 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
4771 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
4772 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
4773 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
4774 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
4775
4776 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
4777 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
4778 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
4779 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
4780 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
4781
4782 @smallexample
4783 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
4784 /usr/local/db/data
4785 /usr/local/db/index
4786 @end smallexample
4787
4788 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
4789 then see:
4790
4791 @smallexample
4792 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4793 --file=archive.2.tar \
4794 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
4795 /usr}
4796 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
4797 usr/local/db/
4798 usr/local/db/data
4799 usr/local/db/index
4800 @end smallexample
4801
4802 @noindent
4803 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
4804 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
4805 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
4806 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
4807 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
4808 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
4809
4810 @smallexample
4811 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
4812 $ @kbd{tar --create \
4813 --file=archive.2.tar \
4814 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
4815 /usr}
4816 @end smallexample
4817
4818 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4819 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
4820 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
4821 backwards.
4822
4823 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
4824 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
4825 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
4826 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
4827 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
4828 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
4829 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
4830 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4831 to be a better way to go.
4832
4833 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
4834 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
4835
4836 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
4837 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
4838 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
4839 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
4840 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
4841 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
4842 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
4843 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
4844 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
4845 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
4846 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
4847 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
4848
4849 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
4850 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
4851 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
4852 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
4853 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
4854 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
4855 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
4856 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
4857 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
4858 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
4859 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
4860
4861 @smallexample
4862 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4863 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4864 --file archive.1.tar}
4865 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
4866 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
4867 --file archive.2.tar}
4868 @end smallexample
4869
4870 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
4871 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
4872 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
4873 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
4874 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
4875 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
4876 scripts.
4877
4878 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
4879 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
4880 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
4881 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
4882 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
4883 and were changed in version 1.16}:
4884
4885 @smallexample
4886 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
4887 @end smallexample
4888
4889 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
4890 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4891 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
4892 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
4893
4894 @smallexample
4895 @var{x} @var{file}
4896 @end smallexample
4897
4898 @noindent
4899 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
4900 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
4901 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
4902 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
4903 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
4904 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
4905
4906 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
4907 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
4908 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
4909 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
4910 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
4911 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
4912
4913 @node Backup Levels
4914 @section Levels of Backups
4915
4916 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4917 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4918 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4919 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4920 are daily re-archived.
4921
4922 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4923 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4924 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4925 dump.
4926
4927 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4928 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4929 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4930 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4931 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4932 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4933 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4934 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4935
4936 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4937 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4938 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4939 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4940 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4941
4942 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4943 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4944 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4945 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4946 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4947 running the appropriate script.
4948
4949 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4950 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4951 their use in detail.
4952
4953 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4954 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4955 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4956 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4957 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, before
4958 making such an attempt.
4959
4960 @node Backup Parameters
4961 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4962
4963 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4964 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4965 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4966 before using these scripts.
4967
4968 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4969 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4970 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4971 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4972 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4973 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4974 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4975 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4976
4977 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4978 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4979
4980 @menu
4981 * General-Purpose Variables::
4982 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4983 * User Hooks::
4984 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4985 @end menu
4986
4987 @node General-Purpose Variables
4988 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4989
4990 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4991 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4992 sends a backup report to this address.
4993 @end defvr
4994
4995 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4996 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4997 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4998 or the string @samp{now}.
4999
5000 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5001 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5002 @end defvr
5003
5004 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5005
5006 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5007 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5008 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5009 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5010 invocations of @command{mt}.
5011 @end defvr
5012
5013 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5014
5015 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5016 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
5017 @end defvr
5018
5019 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5020
5021 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5022 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5023 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5024 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5025 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5026
5027 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5028 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5029 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5030 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5031 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5032 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5033 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5034 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5035 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5036
5037 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5038 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5039 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5040 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5041 @end defvr
5042
5043 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5044
5045 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5046 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5047 @end defvr
5048
5049 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5050
5051 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5052 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5053 which the backup script is run.
5054
5055 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5056 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5057 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5058 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5059 @end defvr
5060
5061 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5062
5063 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5064 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5065 @end defvr
5066
5067 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5068
5069 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5070 @end defvr
5071
5072 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5073 @anchor{RSH}
5074 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5075 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5076 to use public key authentication.
5077 @end defvr
5078
5079 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5080
5081 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5082 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5083 of @GNUTAR{}.
5084 @end defvr
5085
5086 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5087
5088 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5089 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5090 @end defvr
5091
5092 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5093
5094 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5095 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5096 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5097 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5098 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5099 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5100
5101 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5102 @end defvr
5103
5104 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5105
5106 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5107
5108 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5109 @end defvr
5110
5111 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5112
5113 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5114 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5115 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5116 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5117 the console.
5118 @end defvr
5119
5120 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5121
5122 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5123 this will just be some literal text.
5124 @end defvr
5125
5126 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5127
5128 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5129 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5130 @end defvr
5131
5132 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5133 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5134
5135 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5136 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5137 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5138
5139 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5140 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5141 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5142
5143 @smallexample
5144 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5145
5146 mt_begin() @{
5147 mt -f "$1" retension
5148 @}
5149 @end smallexample
5150 @end defvr
5151
5152 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5153 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5154 follows:
5155
5156 @smallexample
5157 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5158
5159 mt_rewind() @{
5160 mt -f "$1" rewind
5161 @}
5162 @end smallexample
5163
5164 @end defvr
5165
5166 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5167 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5168 it is defined as follows:
5169
5170 @smallexample
5171 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5172
5173 mt_offline() @{
5174 mt -f "$1" offl
5175 @}
5176 @end smallexample
5177 @end defvr
5178
5179 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5180 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5181 including error count. Default definition:
5182
5183 @smallexample
5184 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5185
5186 mt_status() @{
5187 mt -f "$1" status
5188 @}
5189 @end smallexample
5190 @end defvr
5191
5192 @node User Hooks
5193 @subsection User Hooks
5194
5195 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5196 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5197 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5198 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5199 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5200 taking four arguments:
5201
5202 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5203 Its arguments are:
5204
5205 @table @var
5206 @item level
5207 Current backup or restore level.
5208
5209 @item host
5210 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5211
5212 @item fs
5213 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5214
5215 @item fsname
5216 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5217 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5218 @end table
5219 @end deffn
5220
5221 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5222
5223 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5224 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5225 @end defvr
5226
5227 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5228 Executed after dumping the file system.
5229 @end defvr
5230
5231 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5232 Executed before restoring the file system.
5233 @end defvr
5234
5235 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5236 Executed after restoring the file system.
5237 @end defvr
5238
5239 @node backup-specs example
5240 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5241
5242 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5243
5244 @smallexample
5245 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5246
5247 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5248 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5249 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5250
5251 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5252 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5253 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5254
5255 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5256 my_status() @{
5257 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5258 @}
5259 MT_STATUS=my_status
5260
5261 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5262 MT_OFFLINE=:
5263
5264 BLOCKING=124
5265 BACKUP_DIRS="
5266 albert:/fs/fsf
5267 apple-gunkies:/gd
5268 albert:/fs/gd2
5269 albert:/fs/gp
5270 geech:/usr/jla
5271 churchy:/usr/roland
5272 albert:/
5273 albert:/usr
5274 apple-gunkies:/
5275 apple-gunkies:/usr
5276 gnu:/hack
5277 gnu:/u
5278 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5279 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5280
5281 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5282
5283 @end smallexample
5284
5285 @node Scripted Backups
5286 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5287
5288 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5289
5290 @smallexample
5291 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5292 @end smallexample
5293
5294 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5295 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5296 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5297 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5298 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5299 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5300 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5301 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5302 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5303 create a level one dump.}
5304
5305 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5306 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5307
5308 @table @asis
5309 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5310
5311 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5312
5313 @item @var{hh}
5314
5315 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5316
5317 @item now
5318
5319 The dump must be run immediately.
5320 @end table
5321
5322 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5323 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5324 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5325 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5326 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5327 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5328 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5329 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5330 Restoration}).
5331
5332 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5333 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5334 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5335 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5336 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5337 detailed explanation of this file.}
5338
5339 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5340 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5341 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5342 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5343 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5344 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5345 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5346
5347 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5348 standard output.
5349
5350 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5351 script:
5352
5353 @table @option
5354 @item -l @var{level}
5355 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5356 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5357
5358 @item -f
5359 @itemx --force
5360 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5361
5362 @item -v[@var{level}]
5363 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5364 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5365 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5366 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5367
5368 @item -t @var{start-time}
5369 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5370 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5371
5372 @item -h
5373 @itemx --help
5374 Display short help message and exit.
5375
5376 @item -L
5377 @itemx --license
5378 Display program license and exit.
5379
5380 @item -V
5381 @itemx --version
5382 Display program version and exit.
5383 @end table
5384
5385
5386 @node Scripted Restoration
5387 @section Using the Restore Script
5388
5389 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5390 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5391 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5392 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5393 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5394
5395 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5396 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5397 line. For example, running
5398
5399 @smallexample
5400 restore 'albert:*'
5401 @end smallexample
5402
5403 @noindent
5404 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5405 complicated example:
5406
5407 @smallexample
5408 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5409 @end smallexample
5410
5411 @noindent
5412 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5413 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5414
5415 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5416 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5417 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5418 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5419 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5420 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5421
5422 @smallexample
5423 restore --level=1
5424 @end smallexample
5425
5426 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5427
5428 @table @option
5429 @item -a
5430 @itemx --all
5431 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5432
5433 @item -l @var{level}
5434 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5435 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5436
5437 @item -v[@var{level}]
5438 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5439 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5440 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5441 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5442
5443 @item -h
5444 @itemx --help
5445 Display short help message and exit.
5446
5447 @item -L
5448 @itemx --license
5449 Display program license and exit.
5450
5451 @item -V
5452 @itemx --version
5453 Display program version and exit.
5454 @end table
5455
5456 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5457 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5458 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5459 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5460 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5461 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5462 positioning.}
5463
5464 @quotation
5465 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5466 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5467 @end quotation
5468
5469 @value{xref-incremental}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5470 that determination.
5471
5472 @node Choosing
5473 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5474 @UNREVISED
5475
5476 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5477
5478 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5479 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5480 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5481 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5482 are in specified directories.
5483
5484 @menu
5485 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5486 * Selecting Archive Members::
5487 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5488 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5489 * Wildcards::
5490 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5491 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5492 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5493 @end menu
5494
5495 @node file
5496 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5497 @cindex Naming an archive
5498 @cindex Archive Name
5499 @cindex Directing output
5500 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5501 @cindex Where is the archive?
5502 @UNREVISED
5503
5504 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5505 archive"?}
5506
5507 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5508 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5509 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5510 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5511 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5512 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5513 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5514 instead of the default archive file location.
5515
5516 @table @option
5517 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5518 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5519 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5520 any operation.
5521 @end table
5522
5523 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5524
5525 @smallexample
5526 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5527 @end smallexample
5528
5529 @noindent
5530 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5531 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5532 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5533 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5534 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5535 for the archive name.
5536
5537 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5538 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5539 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5540
5541 @cindex Writing new archives
5542 @cindex Archive creation
5543 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5544 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5545 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5546 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5547 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5548
5549 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5550 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5551 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5552 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5553 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5554 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5555
5556 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5557 "notable tar usages".}
5558
5559 @smallexample
5560 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5561 @end smallexample
5562
5563 @FIXME{help!}
5564
5565 @cindex Standard input and output
5566 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5567 @anchor{remote-dev}
5568 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5569 use the following:
5570
5571 @smallexample
5572 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5573 @end smallexample
5574
5575 @noindent
5576 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5577 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5578 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5579 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5580 as the username on the remote machine.
5581
5582 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5583 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5584 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5585 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5586 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5587 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5588 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5589 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5590 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5591 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5592 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5593 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5594 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5595 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5596
5597 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5598 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5599 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5600 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5601 shouldn't mention it..}
5602
5603 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5604 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5605 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5606 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5607
5608 @node Selecting Archive Members
5609 @section Selecting Archive Members
5610 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5611 @cindex Specifying archive members
5612
5613 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5614 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5615 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5616 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5617
5618 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5619 the command line, as follows:
5620 @smallexample
5621 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5622 @end smallexample
5623
5624 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5625 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5626 option.
5627
5628 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5629 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5630
5631 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5632 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5633 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5634 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5635 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5636 @command{tar} does nothing.
5637
5638 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5639 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5640 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5641 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5642 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5643
5644 @node files
5645 @section Reading Names from a File
5646
5647 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5648 @cindex Lists of file names
5649 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5650 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5651 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5652 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5653 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5654 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5655 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5656 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5657
5658 @table @option
5659 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5660 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5661 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5662 @end table
5663
5664 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5665 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5666 names are read from standard input.
5667
5668 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5669 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5670 command.
5671
5672 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5673
5674 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5675
5676 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5677 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5678 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5679 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5680 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5681 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5682 more information.)
5683
5684 @smallexample
5685 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5686 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5687 @end smallexample
5688
5689 @noindent
5690 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5691 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5692 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5693 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5694 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5695 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5696 specifying @option{-C} option:
5697
5698 @smallexample
5699 @group
5700 $ @kbd{cat list}
5701 -C/etc
5702 passwd
5703 hosts
5704 -C/lib
5705 libc.a
5706 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5707 @end group
5708 @end smallexample
5709
5710 @noindent
5711 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5712 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5713 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5714 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5715 contain:
5716
5717 @smallexample
5718 @group
5719 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5720 passwd
5721 hosts
5722 libc.a
5723 @end group
5724 @end smallexample
5725
5726 @noindent
5727 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5728 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5729 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5730
5731 @itemize @bullet
5732 @item
5733 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5734 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5735 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5736
5737 @item
5738 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5739 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5740 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5741
5742 @item
5743 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5744 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5745
5746 @smallexample
5747 @group
5748 --directory
5749 dir
5750 @end group
5751 @end smallexample
5752
5753 @noindent
5754 and
5755
5756 @smallexample
5757 @group
5758 -C
5759 dir
5760 @end group
5761 @end smallexample
5762 @end itemize
5763
5764 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5765 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5766 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5767 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5768
5769 @menu
5770 * nul::
5771 @end menu
5772
5773 @node nul
5774 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
5775
5776 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
5777 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
5778 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5779 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5780 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5781
5782 @table @option
5783 @item --null
5784 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5785 terminate in a newline.
5786 @end table
5787
5788 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5789 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5790 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5791 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5792 file names that begin with dash.
5793
5794 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5795 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5796 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5797 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
5798 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5799 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5800 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5801 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5802 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
5803
5804 @smallexample
5805 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5806 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5807 @end smallexample
5808
5809 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5810
5811 @node exclude
5812 @section Excluding Some Files
5813 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5814 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5815 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5816 @UNREVISED
5817
5818 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5819 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5820
5821 @table @option
5822 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5823 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5824 @end table
5825
5826 @findex exclude
5827 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5828 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5829 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5830 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5831 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5832
5833 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5834
5835 @table @option
5836 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5837 @itemx -X @var{file}
5838 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5839 @var{file}.
5840 @end table
5841
5842 @findex exclude-from
5843 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5844 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5845 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5846 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5847 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5848 added to the archive.
5849
5850 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5851 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5852
5853 @table @option
5854 @item --exclude-caches
5855 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5856 @end table
5857
5858 @findex exclude-caches
5859 When creating an archive,
5860 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5861 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5862 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5863 A cache directory tag is a short file
5864 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5865 and having a standard header
5866 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5867 Various applications write cache directory tags
5868 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5869 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5870
5871 @menu
5872 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5873 * problems with exclude::
5874 @end menu
5875
5876 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5877 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5878
5879 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5880 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5881 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5882 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5883
5884 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5885 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5886 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5887 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5888
5889 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5890 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5891
5892 @smallexample
5893 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5894 @end smallexample
5895
5896 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5897 @samp{readme}.
5898
5899 @table @option
5900 @item --anchored
5901 @itemx --no-anchored
5902 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5903 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5904 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5905
5906 @item --ignore-case
5907 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5908 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5909 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5910
5911 @item --wildcards
5912 @itemx --no-wildcards
5913 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5914 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5915 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5916 names literally.
5917
5918 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5919 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5920 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5921 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5922 matched only by @samp{/}.
5923
5924 @end table
5925
5926 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5927 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5928 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5929 the name's parent directories.
5930
5931 @node problems with exclude
5932 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5933
5934 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5935 pitfalls:
5936
5937 @itemize @bullet
5938 @item
5939 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5940 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5941 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5942 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5943 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5944 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5945
5946 @item
5947 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5948 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5949 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5950 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5951 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5952 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5953
5954 @item
5955 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5956 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5957 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5958 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5959 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5960 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5961
5962 For example, write:
5963
5964 @smallexample
5965 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5966 @end smallexample
5967
5968 @noindent
5969 rather than:
5970
5971 @smallexample
5972 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5973 @end smallexample
5974
5975 @item
5976 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5977 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5978 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5979 might fail.
5980
5981 @item
5982 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5983 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5984 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5985 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5986 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5987 patterns listed in a file.
5988
5989 @end itemize
5990
5991 @node Wildcards
5992 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5993
5994 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5995 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5996 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5997 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5998 of actual files in the file system. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5999 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6000 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6001
6002 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6003
6004 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6005 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6006 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6007 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6008 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6009 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6010 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6011 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6012 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6013
6014 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6015 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6016 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6017 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6018 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6019 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6020 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6021 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6022 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6023 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6024
6025 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6026 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6027 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6028 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6029 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6030 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6031
6032 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6033 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6034 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6035 @var{e}, inclusive.
6036
6037 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6038 who don't have dan around.}
6039
6040 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6041 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6042 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6043 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6044
6045 @node after
6046 @section Operating Only on New Files
6047 @cindex Excluding file by age
6048 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
6049 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6050 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6051 @UNREVISED
6052
6053 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
6054 whose data modification or status change times are newer than the @var{date}
6055 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
6056 be a file name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6057 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
6058 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
6059 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
6060 than the @var{date} you specify.
6061
6062 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6063 modification of the file's data (rather than status
6064 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
6065
6066 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6067 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
6068 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
6069 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6070
6071 @table @option
6072 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6073 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6074 @itemx -N @var{date}
6075 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6076
6077 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
6078 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6079
6080 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6081 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6082
6083 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6084 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
6085 @end table
6086
6087 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
6088 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
6089 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
6090 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6091 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6092 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6093
6094 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the data
6095 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
6096 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
6097 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
6098 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
6099 field.
6100
6101 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6102 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6103 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6104 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6105 contents of the file were looked at).
6106
6107 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6108 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6109 arguments.
6110
6111 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6112
6113 @quotation
6114 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6115 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6116 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6117 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6118 @end quotation
6119
6120 @noindent
6121 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6122
6123 @node recurse
6124 @section Descending into Directories
6125 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6126 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6127 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6128 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6129 @UNREVISED
6130
6131 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6132
6133 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6134
6135 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6136 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6137 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6138 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6139
6140 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6141 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6142 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6143 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6144 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6145 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6146 @command{tar}, or look.
6147
6148 @table @option
6149 @item --no-recursion
6150 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6151
6152 @item --recursion
6153 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6154 This is the default.
6155 @end table
6156
6157 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6158 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6159 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6160 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6161 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6162 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6163 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6164 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6165 located via @command{find}.
6166
6167 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6168 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6169 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6170 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6171 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6172 no new files on its own.
6173
6174 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6175 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6176 the files under those directories.
6177
6178 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6179 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6180
6181 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6182 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6183 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6184
6185 @smallexample
6186 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6187 @end smallexample
6188
6189 @noindent
6190 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6191 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6192 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6193
6194 @node one
6195 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
6196 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6197 @UNREVISED
6198
6199 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6200 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6201 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6202 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6203 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6204 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6205 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6206
6207 @table @option
6208 @item --one-file-system
6209 @itemx -l
6210 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6211 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6212 @end table
6213
6214 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6215 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6216 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
6217 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6218 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6219 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6220
6221 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6222 but nothing under it.
6223
6224 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6225 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6226 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6227 standard error.
6228
6229 @menu
6230 * directory:: Changing Directory
6231 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6232 @end menu
6233
6234 @node directory
6235 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6236
6237 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6238 things around some.}
6239
6240 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6241 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6242 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6243 @UNREVISED
6244
6245 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6246 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6247 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6248 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6249 the list.
6250
6251 @table @option
6252 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6253 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6254 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6255 @end table
6256
6257 For example,
6258
6259 @smallexample
6260 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6261 @end smallexample
6262
6263 @noindent
6264 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6265 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6266 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6267 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6268 store in the same archive.
6269
6270 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6271 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6272 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6273 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6274 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6275
6276 Contrast this with the command,
6277
6278 @smallexample
6279 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6280 @end smallexample
6281
6282 @noindent
6283 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6284 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6285 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6286 named @file{orange-colored}.
6287
6288 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6289 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6290 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6291 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6292 @file{foo.tar}:
6293
6294 @smallexample
6295 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6296 @end smallexample
6297
6298 @noindent
6299 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6300 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6301 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6302 directories where those files were located.
6303
6304 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6305 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6306 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6307 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6308 @option{--directory} option.
6309
6310 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6311 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6312 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6313 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6314 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6315 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6316 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6317
6318 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6319
6320 @smallexample
6321 @group
6322 -C
6323 /etc
6324 passwd
6325 hosts
6326 -C
6327 /lib
6328 libc.a
6329 @end group
6330 @end smallexample
6331
6332 @noindent
6333 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6334
6335 @smallexample
6336 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6337 @end smallexample
6338
6339 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6340 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6341
6342 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6343 @value{op-null} option.
6344
6345 @node absolute
6346 @subsection Absolute File Names
6347 @UNREVISED
6348
6349 @table @option
6350 @item -P
6351 @itemx --absolute-names
6352 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6353 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6354 @end table
6355
6356 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6357 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6358 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6359
6360 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6361 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6362 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6363 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6364 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6365 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6366 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6367 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6368
6369 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6370 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6371 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6372
6373 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6374 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6375 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6376 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6377 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6378 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6379 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6380 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6381 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6382 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6383 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6384 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6385 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6386
6387 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6388 none of these transformations.
6389
6390 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6391 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6392
6393 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6394 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6395 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6396
6397 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6398 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6399 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6400 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6401 more convenient than switching to root.
6402
6403 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6404 to transfer files between systems.}
6405
6406 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6407
6408 @table @option
6409 @item --absolute-names
6410 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6411 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6412
6413 @end table
6414
6415 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6416
6417 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6418 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6419 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6420 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6421
6422 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6423 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6424 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6425
6426 @smallexample
6427 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6428 @end smallexample
6429
6430 @noindent
6431 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6432 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6433 For example:
6434
6435 @smallexample
6436 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6437 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6438 @end smallexample
6439
6440 @include getdate.texi
6441
6442 @node Formats
6443 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6444
6445 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6446 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6447 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6448
6449 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6450 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6451
6452 @table @asis
6453 @item gnu
6454 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6455 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6456 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6457 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6458 formats.
6459
6460 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6461 length.
6462
6463 @item oldgnu
6464 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6465
6466 @item v7
6467 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6468 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6469 are:
6470
6471 @enumerate
6472 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6473 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6474 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6475 devices, fifos etc.)
6476 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6477 octal)
6478 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6479 and group name of the file owner).
6480 @end enumerate
6481
6482 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6483 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6484 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6485 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6486 Automake prior to 1.9.
6487
6488 @item ustar
6489 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6490 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6491 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6492
6493 @enumerate
6494 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6495 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6496 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6497 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6498 characters.
6499 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6500 100 characters.
6501 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6502 is 8GB
6503 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6504 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6505 @end enumerate
6506
6507 @item star
6508 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6509 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6510 currently does not produce them.
6511
6512 @item posix
6513 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6514 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6515 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6516 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6517 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6518 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6519 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6520 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6521 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6522
6523 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6524 of @GNUTAR{}.
6525
6526 @end table
6527
6528 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6529 formats:
6530
6531 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6532 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6533 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6534 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6535 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6536 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6537 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6538 @end multitable
6539
6540 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6541 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6542 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6543 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6544 switch to @samp{posix}.
6545
6546 @menu
6547 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6548 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6549 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6550 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6551 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6552 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6553 @end menu
6554
6555 @node Portability
6556 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6557
6558 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6559 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6560 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6561 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6562 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6563 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6564 archives more portable.
6565
6566 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6567 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6568 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6569 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6570
6571 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
6572 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
6573
6574 @menu
6575 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6576 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6577 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6578 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6579 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6580 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6581 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6582 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6583 @end menu
6584
6585 @node Portable Names
6586 @subsection Portable Names
6587
6588 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6589 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6590 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6591 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6592 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6593 less.
6594
6595 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6596 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6597 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6598 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6599 than System V's.
6600
6601 @node dereference
6602 @subsection Symbolic Links
6603 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6604 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6605
6606 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6607 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6608 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
6609 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6610 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6611 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6612 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6613 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6614
6615 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6616 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6617 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6618 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6619 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6620 system.
6621
6622 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6623 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6624 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6625
6626 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6627 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6628 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6629 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6630
6631 @node old
6632 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6633 @cindex Format, old style
6634 @cindex Old style format
6635 @cindex Old style archives
6636
6637 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6638 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6639 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6640 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6641 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6642 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6643 option). When you specify it,
6644 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6645 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6646 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6647
6648 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6649 unless the archive was created using this option.
6650
6651 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6652 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6653 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6654 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6655 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6656
6657 @node ustar
6658 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6659
6660 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6661 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6662 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6663 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6664 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6665 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6666
6667 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6668 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6669
6670 @node gnu
6671 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6672
6673 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6674 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6675 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6676 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6677 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6678 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6679 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6680 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6681 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6682
6683 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6684 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6685 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6686
6687 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6688 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6689
6690 @node posix
6691 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6692
6693 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6694 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6695
6696 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6697 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6698
6699 @node Checksumming
6700 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6701
6702 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6703 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6704 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6705 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6706 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6707 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6708 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6709 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6710 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6711 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6712 vice versa.
6713
6714 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6715 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6716 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6717 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6718 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6719 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6720 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6721 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6722
6723 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6724 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6725 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6726 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6727 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6728 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6729 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6730 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6731 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6732 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6733 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6734
6735 @node Large or Negative Values
6736 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6737 @cindex large values
6738 @cindex future time stamps
6739 @cindex negative time stamps
6740
6741 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6742 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6743 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6744 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6745 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6746 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6747 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6748 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6749 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6750 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6751
6752 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6753 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6754
6755 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6756 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6757
6758 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6759 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6760 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6761 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6762 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6763 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6764
6765 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6766 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6767 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6768 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6769 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6770 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6771 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6772 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6773 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6774
6775 @node Compression
6776 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6777
6778 @menu
6779 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6780 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6781 @end menu
6782
6783 @node gzip
6784 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6785 @cindex Compressed archives
6786 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6787
6788 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6789 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
6790 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6791 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6792 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6793 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6794 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6795
6796 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6797 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6798 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6799 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6800 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6801 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6802 For example:
6803
6804 @smallexample
6805 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6806 @end smallexample
6807
6808 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6809 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6810 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6811 archive created in previous example:
6812
6813 @smallexample
6814 # List the compressed archive
6815 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6816 # Extract the compressed archive
6817 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6818 @end smallexample
6819
6820 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6821 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6822 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6823 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6824
6825 @smallexample
6826 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6827 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6828 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6829 @end smallexample
6830
6831 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6832 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6833
6834 @smallexample
6835 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6836 @end smallexample
6837
6838 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6839 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6840 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6841 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6842 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6843 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6844 compressed.
6845
6846 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6847
6848 @table @option
6849 @item -z
6850 @itemx --gzip
6851 @itemx --ungzip
6852 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6853
6854 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6855 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6856 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6857 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6858 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6859 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6860
6861 @smallexample
6862 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6863 @end smallexample
6864
6865 @noindent
6866 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6867 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6868
6869 @smallexample
6870 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6871 @end smallexample
6872
6873 @cindex corrupted archives
6874 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6875 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6876 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6877 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6878 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6879 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6880
6881 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6882 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6883 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6884 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6885 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6886 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6887
6888 @item -j
6889 @itemx --bzip2
6890 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6891
6892 @item -Z
6893 @itemx --compress
6894 @itemx --uncompress
6895 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6896 @value{op-gzip}.
6897
6898 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6899 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6900 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6901 @command{compress}.
6902
6903 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6904 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6905 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6906 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6907
6908 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6909 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6910
6911 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6912 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
6913 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6914 @end table
6915
6916 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6917 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6918 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6919 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6920 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6921 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6922 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6923 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6924 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6925 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6926
6927 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6928 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6929 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6930 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6931 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6932
6933 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6934 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6935 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6936 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6937 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6938
6939 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6940 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6941 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6942 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6943 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6944
6945 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6946 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6947 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6948 end up with less space on the tape.}
6949
6950 @node sparse
6951 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6952 @cindex Sparse Files
6953 @UNREVISED
6954
6955 @table @option
6956 @item -S
6957 @itemx --sparse
6958 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6959 @end table
6960
6961 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6962 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6963 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6964 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6965 space needed to store such a file.
6966
6967 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6968 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6969 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6970 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6971
6972 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6973 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6974 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6975 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6976 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6977 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6978 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6979 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6980 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6981 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6982 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6983 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6984 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6985 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6986 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6987 more space than the original.
6988
6989 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6990 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6991 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6992 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6993 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6994 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6995 about creating archives.
6996
6997 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6998 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6999 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7000
7001 @quotation
7002 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
7003 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7004 sparsely in the system.
7005
7006 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7007 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
7008 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7009 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7010 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7011 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7012 @end quotation
7013
7014 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
7015
7016 @table @option
7017 @item --sparse
7018 @itemx -S
7019 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7020 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7021 @end table
7022
7023 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7024 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7025 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7026 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7027 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7028 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7029 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7030 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7031 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7032 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7033
7034 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7035 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7036 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7037 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
7038 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7039 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7040 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7041
7042 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7043 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7044 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7045 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7046 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7047 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7048 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7049 1990-12-10:
7050
7051 @quotation
7052 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7053 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7054 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7055 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7056 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7057 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7058
7059 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7060 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7061 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7062 get it right.
7063 @end quotation
7064
7065 @node Attributes
7066 @section Handling File Attributes
7067 @UNREVISED
7068
7069 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
7070 avoid this, use the @value{op-atime-preserve} option, which can either
7071 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
7072 place.
7073
7074 Handling of file attributes
7075
7076 @table @option
7077 @item --atime-preserve
7078 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
7079 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
7080 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
7081 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
7082
7083 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace} works on most systems, but it also
7084 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
7085 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
7086 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
7087 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
7088 running.
7089
7090 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} avoids changing the access time in
7091 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
7092 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
7093 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
7094 complains right away.
7095
7096 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
7097 @value{op-atime-preserve-replace}, but this is intended to change to
7098 @value{op-atime-preserve-system} when the latter is better-supported.
7099
7100 @item -m
7101 @itemx --touch
7102 Do not extract data modification time.
7103
7104 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
7105 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
7106 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
7107
7108 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7109
7110 @item --same-owner
7111 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7112 archive.
7113
7114 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7115 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7116 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7117 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7118 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7119 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7120 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7121
7122 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7123 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7124 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7125 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7126 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7127 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7128 stored in the archive instead.
7129
7130 @item --no-same-owner
7131 @itemx -o
7132 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7133 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7134 only for the superuser.
7135
7136 @item --numeric-owner
7137 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7138 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7139 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7140 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7141 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7142
7143 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7144 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7145 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7146 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7147 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7148 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7149 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7150 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7151
7152 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7153 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7154 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7155 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7156 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7157 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7158
7159 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7160 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7161 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7162 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7163 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7164 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7165 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7166 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7167 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7168 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7169 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7170 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7171 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7172 gives you a great deal of control already.
7173
7174 @item -p
7175 @itemx --same-permissions
7176 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7177 Extract all protection information.
7178
7179 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7180 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7181 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7182 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7183 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7184
7185
7186 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7187
7188 @item --preserve
7189 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7190
7191 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7192 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7193
7194 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7195
7196 @end table
7197
7198 @node Standard
7199 @section Basic Tar Format
7200 @UNREVISED
7201
7202 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7203 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7204 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7205 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7206 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7207 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7208 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7209
7210 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7211 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7212 bytes. A file
7213 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7214 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7215 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7216 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7217 information about file types.
7218
7219 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7220 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7221 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7222 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7223 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7224 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7225
7226 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7227 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7228 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7229
7230 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7231 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7232 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7233
7234 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7235 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7236 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7237 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7238 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7239 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7240 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7241
7242 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7243 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7244 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7245 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7246 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7247 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7248 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7249 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7250 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7251 records after a zero block.
7252
7253 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7254 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7255
7256 @smallexample
7257 @include header.texi
7258 @end smallexample
7259
7260 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7261 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7262 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7263 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7264 contiguously.
7265
7266 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7267 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7268 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7269 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7270 of file contents is performed.
7271
7272 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7273 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7274 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7275 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7276
7277 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7278 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7279
7280 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7281
7282 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7283 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7284 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7285 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7286 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7287 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7288 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7289 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7290 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7291 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7292
7293 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7294 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7295 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7296
7297 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7298 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7299 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7300
7301 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
7302 the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
7303 value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
7304 as an integer number of
7305 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7306
7307 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7308 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7309 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7310 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7311 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7312 if it were all blanks.
7313
7314 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7315 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7316 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7317 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7318
7319 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7320 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
7321 status change times.
7322
7323 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7324 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7325 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7326 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7327 continued at.
7328
7329 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7330 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7331 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7332 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7333 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7334 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7335 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7336 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7337 differently from non-sparse files.
7338
7339 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7340 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7341 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7342 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7343 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7344 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7345 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7346 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7347 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7348 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7349 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7350 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7351 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7352 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7353 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7354 used to handle a sparse file:
7355
7356 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7357 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7358 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7359 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7360 array element.
7361
7362 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7363 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7364
7365 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7366 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7367 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7368 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7369 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7370 an extended_header is needed.
7371
7372 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7373 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7374 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7375 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7376
7377 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7378 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7379 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7380 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7381
7382 @table @asis
7383
7384 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7385 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7386 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7387 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7388 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7389 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7390 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7391 ends with a slash as a directory.
7392
7393 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7394 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7395 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7396 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7397 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7398
7399 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7400 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7401 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7402
7403 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7404 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7405 These represent character special files and block special files
7406 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7407 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7408 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7409 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7410
7411 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7412 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7413 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7414 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7415 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7416 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7417 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7418 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7419 @code{size} field.
7420
7421 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7422 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7423 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7424
7425 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7426 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7427 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7428 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7429 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7430 type as a normal file.
7431
7432 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7433 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7434 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7435
7436 @end table
7437
7438 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7439 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7440
7441 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7442 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7443 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7444 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7445 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7446 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7447
7448 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7449 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7450 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7451 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7452
7453 @node Extensions
7454 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7455 @UNREVISED
7456
7457 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7458 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7459
7460 @table @code
7461 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7462 @itemx 'D'
7463 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7464 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7465 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7466 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7467 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7468 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7469 last file name.
7470
7471 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7472 @itemx 'M'
7473 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7474 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7475 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7476 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7477 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7478 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7479 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7480 the original size of the file.
7481
7482 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7483 @itemx 'S'
7484 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7485 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7486 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7487 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7488
7489 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7490 @itemx 'V'
7491 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7492 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7493 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7494 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7495 of an archive should have this type.
7496
7497 @end table
7498
7499 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7500 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7501 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7502 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7503 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7504 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7505 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7506 checksum error.
7507
7508 @node cpio
7509 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7510 @UNREVISED
7511
7512 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7513
7514 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7515 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7516 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7517 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7518 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7519 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7520
7521 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7522 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7523 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7524 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7525 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7526 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7527 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7528 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7529
7530 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7531 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7532 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7533 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7534
7535 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7536
7537 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7538 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7539 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7540
7541 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7542 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7543 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7544 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7545 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7546 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7547 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7548 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7549 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7550 make hard links between them.
7551
7552 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7553 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7554 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7555 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7556 of the names.
7557
7558 @quotation
7559 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7560 @end quotation
7561
7562 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7563 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7564 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7565
7566 @quotation
7567 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7568 at the unix scene,
7569 @end quotation
7570
7571 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7572 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7573 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7574 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7575 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7576
7577 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7578 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7579 rest of the files.
7580
7581 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7582
7583 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7584 to start on a record boundary.
7585
7586 @quotation
7587 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7588 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7589 crashed archives at all.)
7590 @end quotation
7591
7592 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7593 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7594 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7595 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7596 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7597 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7598 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7599 archive.
7600
7601 @quotation
7602 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7603 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7604 @end quotation
7605
7606 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7607 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7608 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7609 special files.
7610
7611 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7612 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7613 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7614 backwards compatibility.
7615
7616 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7617 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7618 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7619
7620 @node Media
7621 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7622 @UNREVISED
7623
7624 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7625 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7626
7627 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7628 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7629 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7630 such manipulation easier.
7631
7632 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7633 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7634
7635 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7636 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7637 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7638 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7639
7640 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7641 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7642 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7643 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7644 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7645 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7646
7647 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7648 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7649 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7650 not a good idea.
7651
7652 @menu
7653 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7654 * Remote Tape Server::
7655 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7656 * Blocking:: Blocking
7657 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7658 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7659 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7660 * verify::
7661 * Write Protection::
7662 @end menu
7663
7664 @node Device
7665 @section Device Selection and Switching
7666 @UNREVISED
7667
7668 @table @option
7669 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7670 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7671 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7672 @end table
7673
7674 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7675 works on.
7676
7677 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7678 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7679 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7680 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7681 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7682
7683 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7684 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7685 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7686 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7687 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7688 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7689 @command{rsh}.
7690 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7691 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7692 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7693 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7694 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7695 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7696 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7697 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7698 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7699 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7700
7701 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7702 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7703 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7704 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7705 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7706
7707 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7708 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7709 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7710 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7711 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7712 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7713 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7714 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7715 cartridges or diskettes.
7716
7717 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7718 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7719 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7720 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7721 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7722 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7723 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7724 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7725 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7726 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7727 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7728 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7729
7730 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7731 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7732 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7733 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7734 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7735
7736 @table @option
7737 @item --force-local
7738 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7739
7740 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7741 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7742 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7743 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7744
7745 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7746 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7747 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7748 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7749 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7750 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7751
7752 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7753 Specify drive and density.
7754
7755 @item -M
7756 @itemx --multi-volume
7757 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7758
7759 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7760 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7761 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7762
7763 @item -L @var{num}
7764 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7765 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7766
7767 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7768 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7769 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7770
7771 @item -F @var{file}
7772 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7773 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7774 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7775 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7776 @end table
7777
7778 @node Remote Tape Server
7779 @section The Remote Tape Server
7780
7781 @cindex remote tape drive
7782 @pindex rmt
7783 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7784 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7785 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7786 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7787 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7788 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7789 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7790
7791 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7792 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7793 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7794 installed by default.
7795
7796 @cindex absolute file names
7797 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7798 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7799 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7800 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7801 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7802 message telling you what it is doing.
7803
7804 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7805 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7806 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7807 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7808 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7809 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7810 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7811 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7812 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7813 backup tapes.
7814
7815 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7816 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7817 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7818 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7819 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7820 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7821 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7822
7823 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7824 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7825 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7826 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7827 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7828 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7829
7830 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7831 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7832 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7833 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7834 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7835 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7836
7837 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7838 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7839 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7840 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7841 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7842
7843 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7844 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7845
7846 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7847 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7848 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7849 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7850 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7851 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7852 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7853 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7854
7855 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7856 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7857
7858 @ifclear PUBLISH
7859
7860 @format
7861 errors from system:
7862 permission denied
7863 no such file or directory
7864 not owner
7865
7866 errors from @command{tar}:
7867 directory checksum error
7868 header format error
7869
7870 errors from media/system:
7871 i/o error
7872 device busy
7873 @end format
7874
7875 @end ifclear
7876
7877 @node Blocking
7878 @section Blocking
7879 @UNREVISED
7880
7881 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7882 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7883 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7884 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7885 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7886
7887 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7888 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7889
7890 @quotation
7891 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7892 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7893 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7894 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7895 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7896 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7897 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7898 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7899 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7900 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7901
7902 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7903 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7904 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7905 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7906 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7907 into the source code too.
7908 @end quotation
7909
7910 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7911 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7912 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7913 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7914 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7915 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7916 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7917 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7918 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7919 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7920 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7921 in @GNUTAR{}.
7922
7923 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7924 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7925 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7926 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7927 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7928 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7929 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7930 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7931 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7932 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7933 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7934 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7935 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7936 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7937 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7938
7939 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7940 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7941 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7942 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7943 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7944 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7945 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7946 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7947
7948 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7949 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7950 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7951 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7952 honor blocking.
7953
7954 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7955 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7956 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7957 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7958 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7959 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7960 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7961 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7962 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7963 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7964 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7965 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7966 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7967 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7968 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7969 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7970 correctly.
7971
7972 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7973 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7974 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7975 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7976 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7977
7978 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7979 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7980 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7981 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7982 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7983 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7984 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7985 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7986 around one megabyte.
7987
7988 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7989 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7990 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7991 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7992 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7993 device.
7994
7995 @menu
7996 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7997 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7998 @end menu
7999
8000 @node Format Variations
8001 @subsection Format Variations
8002 @cindex Format Parameters
8003 @cindex Format Options
8004 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8005 @cindex Options, format specifying
8006 @UNREVISED
8007
8008 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8009 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8010 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8011 store the archive.
8012
8013 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8014 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8015 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8016 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8017 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
8018 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
8019 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8020 examples of format parameter considerations.
8021
8022 @node Blocking Factor
8023 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8024 @cindex Blocking Factor
8025 @cindex Record Size
8026 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8027 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8028 @cindex Bytes per record
8029 @cindex Blocks per record
8030 @UNREVISED
8031
8032 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8033 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8034 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8035 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8036 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
8037 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e.,
8038 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
8039 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
8040 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
8041
8042 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8043 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8044 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8045 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8046 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8047 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8048 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8049 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8050 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8051 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8052 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8053 writing archives.
8054
8055 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8056
8057 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8058 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8059 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8060 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8061 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8062 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8063
8064 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8065 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8066 example, this has been reported:
8067
8068 @smallexample
8069 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8070 @end smallexample
8071
8072 @noindent
8073 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8074 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8075 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8076 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8077 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8078 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8079 for example, might resolve the problem.
8080
8081 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8082 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8083 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8084 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8085 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8086 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8087 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8088 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8089 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
8090 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8091 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8092 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
8093 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8094
8095 @table @option
8096 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8097 @itemx -b @var{number}
8098 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8099 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8100 @end table
8101
8102 Device blocking
8103
8104 @table @option
8105 @item -b @var{blocks}
8106 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8107 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8108
8109 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8110 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8111 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8112 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8113 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8114 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8115
8116 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8117 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8118 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8119 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8120
8121 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8122 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8123 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8124 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8125 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8126
8127 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8128 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8129 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8130 updating the archive.
8131
8132 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8133 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8134 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8135 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8136
8137 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8138 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8139 the amount of available virtual memory.
8140
8141 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8142 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8143 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8144 @itemize @bullet
8145 @item
8146 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8147 @item
8148 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8149 redirected nor piped,
8150 @item
8151 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8152 device,
8153 @item
8154 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8155 invocation.
8156 @end itemize
8157
8158 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8159 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8160 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8161 topic:
8162
8163 @itemize @bullet
8164
8165 @item
8166 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8167 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8168 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8169 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8170 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8171 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8172
8173 @item
8174 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8175 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8176 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8177 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8178 ignored.
8179
8180 @item
8181 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8182 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8183 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8184 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8185 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8186 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8187 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8188
8189 @item
8190 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8191 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8192 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8193 @end itemize
8194
8195 @item -i
8196 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8197 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8198
8199 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8200 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8201 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8202 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8203 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8204 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8205 the zeroed blocks.
8206
8207 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8208 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8209 are stored on a single physical tape.
8210
8211 @item -B
8212 @itemx --read-full-records
8213 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8214
8215 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8216 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8217 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8218 record.
8219
8220 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8221 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8222 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8223 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8224 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8225 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8226
8227 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8228
8229 @end table
8230
8231 Tape blocking
8232
8233 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8234
8235 @cindex blocking factor
8236 @cindex tape blocking
8237
8238 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8239 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8240 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8241 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8242 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8243 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8244 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8245 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8246 tape motion without loosing information.
8247
8248 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8249 @cindex DAT blocking
8250 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8251 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8252 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8253 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8254 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8255 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8256 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8257 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8258 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8259 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8260 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8261 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8262 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8263 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8264 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8265 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8266
8267 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8268 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8269 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8270 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8271
8272 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8273 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8274 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8275
8276 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8277 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8278 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8279
8280 @node Many
8281 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8282
8283 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8284
8285 @findex ntape @r{device}
8286 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8287 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8288 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8289 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8290 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8291 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8292 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8293 device.
8294
8295 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8296 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8297 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8298 means that a simple:
8299
8300 @smallexample
8301 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8302 @end smallexample
8303
8304 @noindent
8305 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8306 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8307 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8308 just been saved.
8309
8310 @cindex tape positioning
8311 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8312 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8313 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8314 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8315 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8316 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8317 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8318 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8319 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8320 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8321 recovered.
8322
8323 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8324 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8325
8326 @smallexample
8327 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8328 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8329 @end smallexample
8330
8331 @cindex tape marks
8332 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8333 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8334 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8335 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8336 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8337 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8338 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8339 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8340 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8341 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8342 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8343
8344 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8345 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8346
8347 @smallexample
8348 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8349 @end smallexample
8350
8351 @noindent
8352 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8353
8354 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8355 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8356 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8357 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8358 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8359 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8360 these commands:
8361
8362 @smallexample
8363 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8364 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8365 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8366 @end smallexample
8367
8368 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8369 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8370
8371 @menu
8372 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8373 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8374 @end menu
8375
8376 @node Tape Positioning
8377 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8378 @UNREVISED
8379
8380 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8381 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8382 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8383 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8384 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8385 two at the end of all the file entries.
8386
8387 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8388 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8389
8390 @smallexample
8391 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8392 @end smallexample
8393
8394 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8395 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8396 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8397 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8398 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8399 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8400 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8401 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8402 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8403 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8404 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8405 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8406
8407 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8408 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8409 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8410 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8411 following:
8412
8413 @smallexample
8414 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8415 @end smallexample
8416
8417 @node mt
8418 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8419 @UNREVISED
8420
8421 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8422 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8423 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8424
8425 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8426 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8427 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8428 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8429 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8430 together"?}
8431
8432 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8433
8434 @smallexample
8435 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8436 @end smallexample
8437
8438 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8439 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8440 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8441
8442 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8443
8444 @table @option
8445 @item eof
8446 @itemx weof
8447 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8448
8449 @item fsf
8450 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8451
8452 @item bsf
8453 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8454
8455 @item rewind
8456 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8457
8458 @item offline
8459 @itemx rewoff1
8460 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8461
8462 @item status
8463 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8464
8465 @end table
8466
8467 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8468
8469 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8470 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8471 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8472
8473 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8474 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8475 failed.
8476
8477 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8478 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8479 @UNREVISED
8480
8481 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8482 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8483 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8484 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire file systems.
8485 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8486
8487 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8488 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8489 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8490 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8491 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8492 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8493 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8494 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8495 file.)
8496
8497 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8498 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8499 process them properly.
8500
8501 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8502 responses:
8503
8504 @table @kbd
8505 @item ?
8506 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8507 @item q
8508 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8509 @item n @var{file name}
8510 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8511 @item !
8512 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8513 @item y
8514 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8515 @end table
8516
8517 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8518 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8519
8520 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8521 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8522 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8523 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8524 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8525 of the
8526 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8527 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8528
8529 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8530 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8531 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8532 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8533 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8534 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8535 never required for real, as far as we know.
8536
8537 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8538 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8539 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8540 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8541 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8542 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8543 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8544 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8545 the prompt.)
8546
8547 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8548 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8549 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8550 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8551 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8552 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8553 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8554 script).
8555
8556 Multi-volume archives
8557
8558 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8559 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8560 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8561 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8562
8563 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8564 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8565 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8566 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8567 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8568 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8569 the file begins.
8570
8571 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8572 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8573 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8574 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8575
8576 @smallexample
8577 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8578 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8579 @end smallexample
8580
8581 @menu
8582 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8583 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8584 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8585
8586 @end menu
8587
8588 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8589 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8590 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8591 @UNREVISED
8592
8593 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8594 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8595 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8596 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8597 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8598 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8599
8600 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8601 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8602 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8603 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8604 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8605 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8606
8607 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8608 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8609 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8610 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8611 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8612 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8613
8614 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8615 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8616 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8617 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8618 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8619 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8620 information about extracting archives.
8621
8622 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8623 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8624 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8625 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8626 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8627 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8628 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8629
8630 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8631 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8632 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8633 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8634
8635 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8636 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8637 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8638 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8639 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8640
8641 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8642 @FIXME{example}
8643
8644 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8645 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8646
8647 @table @option
8648 @item --multi-volume
8649 @itemx -M
8650 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8651 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8652 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8653 operation.
8654
8655 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8656 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8657 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8658 @value{op-create}.
8659 @end table
8660
8661 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8662 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8663 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8664 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8665 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8666 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8667 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8668 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8669 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8670 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8671 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8672 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8673
8674 @node Tape Files
8675 @subsection Tape Files
8676 @UNREVISED
8677
8678 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8679 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8680 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8681 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8682 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8683 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8684 volume label will have
8685 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8686 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8687 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8688 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8689
8690 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8691 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8692 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8693 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8694 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8695 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8696 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8697
8698 People seem to often do:
8699
8700 @smallexample
8701 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8702 @end smallexample
8703
8704 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8705
8706 @node Tarcat
8707 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
8708
8709 @pindex tarcat
8710 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
8711 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
8712 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
8713 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
8714 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
8715
8716 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
8717 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
8718
8719 @smallexample
8720 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
8721 @end smallexample
8722
8723 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
8724 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
8725 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
8726 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
8727 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
8728 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
8729
8730 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
8731
8732 @node label
8733 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8734 @cindex Labeling an archive
8735 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8736 @UNREVISED
8737
8738 @cindex @option{--label} option introduced
8739 @cindex @option{-V} option introduced
8740 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8741 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8742 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8743 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8744 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8745
8746 @table @option
8747 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8748 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8749 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8750 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8751 @value{op-create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
8752 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
8753 operation.
8754 @end table
8755
8756 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8757 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8758 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8759 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8760 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8761 volume archives.}
8762
8763 @cindex Volume label, listing
8764 @cindex Listing volume label
8765 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
8766 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
8767 explicitely marked as in the example below:
8768
8769 @smallexample
8770 @group
8771 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8772 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8773 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8774 @end group
8775 @end smallexample
8776
8777 @cindex @option{--test-label} option introduced
8778 @anchor{--test-label option}
8779 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
8780 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
8781 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
8782 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
8783 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
8784 devices. For example:
8785
8786 @smallexample
8787 @group
8788 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
8789 iamalabel
8790 @end group
8791 @end smallexample
8792
8793 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
8794 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
8795 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
8796 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
8797
8798 @smallexample
8799 @group
8800 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
8801 @result{} 0
8802 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
8803 @result{} 1
8804 @end group
8805 @end smallexample
8806
8807 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
8808 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
8809 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
8810 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
8811 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
8812 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
8813 you will get:
8814
8815 @smallexample
8816 @group
8817 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
8818 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
8819 @end group
8820 @end smallexample
8821
8822 @noindent
8823 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
8824 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
8825
8826 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
8827 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8828 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
8829 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
8830 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
8831 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
8832 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
8833 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
8834 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
8835 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used,
8836 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
8837 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
8838 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
8839 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
8840 of it when the archive is being read.
8841
8842 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8843 under that name anymore.
8844
8845 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
8846 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
8847 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8848 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8849
8850 @smallexample
8851 @group
8852 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8853 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8854 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8855 @end group
8856 @end smallexample
8857
8858 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8859 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8860 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8861 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8862 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8863 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8864 is usually not the case.
8865
8866 @node verify
8867 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8868 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8869 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8870
8871 @table @option
8872 @item -W
8873 @itemx --verify
8874 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8875 @end table
8876
8877 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8878 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8879 are recorded on the standard error output.
8880
8881 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8882 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8883 cannot be verified.
8884
8885 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8886 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8887 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8888 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8889 it is up to date.
8890
8891 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8892 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8893 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8894 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8895 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8896
8897 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8898 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8899 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8900 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8901
8902 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8903 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8904 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8905
8906 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8907 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8908 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8909 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8910 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8911 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8912 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8913 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8914 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8915 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8916 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8917 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8918
8919 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8920 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8921 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8922 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8923 as long as programming is concerned.
8924
8925 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8926 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8927 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8928 for more information on these operations.
8929
8930 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8931 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8932 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8933 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8934 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8935
8936 @node Write Protection
8937 @section Write Protection
8938
8939 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8940 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8941 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8942 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8943 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8944 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8945
8946 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8947 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8948 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8949 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8950 changeable feature.
8951
8952 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8953 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8954 @include freemanuals.texi
8955
8956 @node Genfile
8957 @appendix Genfile
8958 @include genfile.texi
8959
8960 @node Snapshot Files
8961 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
8962 @include snapshot.texi
8963
8964 @node Copying This Manual
8965 @appendix Copying This Manual
8966
8967 @menu
8968 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8969 @end menu
8970
8971 @include fdl.texi
8972
8973 @node Index
8974 @appendix Index
8975
8976 @printindex cp
8977
8978 @summarycontents
8979 @contents
8980 @bye
8981
8982 @c Local variables:
8983 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8984 @c End:
This page took 0.421134 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.